WO2023169295A1 - Method and apparatus for simultaneously sending physical uplink shared channel (pusch), and terminal - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for simultaneously sending physical uplink shared channel (pusch), and terminal Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023169295A1
WO2023169295A1 PCT/CN2023/079262 CN2023079262W WO2023169295A1 WO 2023169295 A1 WO2023169295 A1 WO 2023169295A1 CN 2023079262 W CN2023079262 W CN 2023079262W WO 2023169295 A1 WO2023169295 A1 WO 2023169295A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pusch
srs resource
target
ptrs
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/079262
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘昊
孙荣荣
塔玛拉卡拉盖施
宋扬
杨宇
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2023169295A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023169295A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B17/00—Monitoring; Testing
    • H04B17/30—Monitoring; Testing of propagation channels
    • H04B17/382—Monitoring; Testing of propagation channels for resource allocation, admission control or handover
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0058—Allocation criteria
    • H04L5/0064—Rate requirement of the data, e.g. scalable bandwidth, data priority

Definitions

  • This application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to a method, device and terminal for simultaneous transmission of Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • the 5th Generation (5G) communication protocol Rel-17 only discusses the solution of two antenna panels switching and transmitting in a time-division manner. Improve the transmission reliability of PUSCH. In this way, only one antenna panel can transmit PUSCH at each time, which limits the transmission efficiency of PUSCH.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a method, device and terminal for simultaneously transmitting the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, which enables the terminal to use at least two antenna panels to transmit the uplink PUSCH simultaneously, which can improve the transmission efficiency of the PUSCH.
  • the first aspect provides a method for simultaneous PUSCH transmission, which is applied to terminals.
  • the method includes:
  • the terminal simultaneously transmits the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, where the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets correspond to the N antenna panels one-to-one,
  • the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  • a device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission which is applied to a terminal.
  • the device includes:
  • a transmission module configured to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N antenna panels
  • the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  • a terminal in a third aspect, includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor.
  • the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the following implementations are implemented: The steps of the method described in one aspect.
  • a terminal including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to simultaneously transmit target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, the N SRS resource sets correspond to the N antenna panels one-to-one, and the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  • a readable storage medium is provided. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented.
  • a chip in a sixth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. .
  • a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the method described in the first aspect. Method steps.
  • a communication device including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor. When the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the first The steps of the method described in this aspect.
  • the terminal simultaneously transmits the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N Each antenna panel corresponds one to one.
  • the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, Or, space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  • the terminal can use at least two antenna panels to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH, which can improve the transmission efficiency of the target PUSCH.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system to which this application can be applied;
  • Figure 2 is a flow chart of a method for simultaneous PUSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and “second” are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited.
  • the first object can be one or multiple.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced, LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • system in the embodiments of this application "System” and “network” are often used interchangeably, and the techniques described can be used with the systems and radio technologies mentioned above as well as with other systems and radio technologies.
  • the following description describes the new air interface ( New Radio (NR) systems, and the NR terminology is used in most of the following descriptions, but these technologies can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th Generation (6G) communication systems.
  • 6G 6th Generation
  • FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12.
  • the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer, TPC), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer, LC), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a palmtop computer, a netbook, Ultra-mobile Personal Computer (UMPC), Mobile Internet Device (MID), Augmented Reality (AR)/Virtual Reality (VR) equipment, robots, wearable devices (Wearable Device), vehicle user equipment (VUE), pedestrian terminal (Pedestrian User Equipment, PUE), smart home (home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.), game consoles, Terminal devices such as personal computers (PCs), teller machines or self-service machines, wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets
  • the network side device 12 may include an access network device or a core network device, where the access network device may also be called a radio access network device, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), a radio access network function or a wireless device.
  • Access network equipment may include a base station, a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) access point or a Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) node, etc.
  • the base station may be called a Node B, an Evolved Node B (eNB), or an access point.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • BSS Basic Service Set
  • ESS Extended Service Set
  • TRP Transmitting Receiving Point
  • the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in this application, in the embodiment, only the base station in the NR system is used as an example for introduction, and the base station is not limited. specific type.
  • the receiving solutions for receiving the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) at the same time include: Space Division Multiplexing (SDM), Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) (including FDM-A and FDM-B), and the Single Frequency Network (SFN) proposed for high-speed rail scenarios.
  • SDM Space Division Multiplexing
  • FDM Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • SFN Single Frequency Network
  • the DCI signaling carries two transmission configuration indicators (Transmission Configuration Indicator). , TCI) states, and the demodulation reference signal (Demodulation Reference Signal, DMRS) port indication contains two code division multiplexing (Code Division Multiplexing, CDM) groups, then the terminal considers that the SDM transmission scheme is used at the same time Receive PDSCH. Under this scheme, PDSCH occupies a Transport Block (TB) (which can also be called a "Transport Data Block”), and is a redundant version (Redundant version, RV) channel coding version. Among them, the calculation of the TB block size is based on all transmission layers (layers) from the two sending and receiving nodes (Transmission Reception Point, TRP), and the DMRS ports of different TRPs use different CDM groups.
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • CDM Code Division Multiplexing
  • the terminal When the FDM-A solution is configured for high-level signaling, if the DCI signaling of DCI format 1-1 or 1-2 carries two TCI states, and the DMRS ports indication contains 1 CDM group, the terminal considers it to be adopted
  • the FDM-A transmission scheme receives PDSCH simultaneously.
  • the precoding granularity: Precoding Resource Block Group (PRG) configuration information is wideband
  • the frequency domain information carried in the DCI indicates the frequency domain resource allocation (Frequency Domain Resource Allocation, FDRA).
  • the indicated frequency domain resource is divided into two parts. The first part is associated with the first TCI state and comes from TRP1; the second part is associated with the second TCI state and comes from TRP2.
  • PDSCH occupies 1 TB, and the TB block size calculation is based on the frequency domain resources indicated by the entire FDRA.
  • One channel coding RV is configured, and the coded bit information is divided into two parts and mapped to different TRPs respectively.
  • FDM-B and FDM-A are basically the same.
  • the difference is that in FDM-B, two identical TB blocks are rate matched based on the two configured RV redundant versions (that is, two RV redundant versions are used).
  • the version performs rate matching on the same TB twice), and then maps them to different TRPs respectively.
  • One TB block performs channel coding and rate matching once, and then copies it to two TRPs respectively.
  • the two TRPs send the same PDSCH (including DMRS) signal, and each layer of data flow is associated with two different TCI states at the same time.
  • the DMRS Ports indication can be in the same or different CDM group.
  • uplink PUSCH is supported to be switched and transmitted between two antenna panels (panel) in turn.
  • the upper layer configures two sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) resource sets for the terminal.
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • Each The SRS resource set can be regarded as associated with an antenna panel.
  • PUSCH works in codebook mode
  • the DCI signaling of DCI format 0-1 or 0-2 will carry two Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator (TPMI) fields, and transmit the data stream The information is on the first TPMI field.
  • PUSCH works in non-codebook mode
  • the DCI signaling of DCI format 0-1 or 0-2 will carry two SRS Resource Indicator (SRI) fields, and the transmission data stream The information is on the first SRI field.
  • SRI SRS Resource Indicator
  • the embodiment of this application proposes a solution for transmitting uplink PUSCH simultaneously under multi-panel, and proposes how to configure related SRS resource set signaling under this solution, how to indicate the TPMI/RI domain and SRI domain, DMRS pilot and phase tracking Related impacts of reference signal (Phase Tracking Reference Signals, PTRS) pilots, and some scheduling restrictions on frequency domain resource allocation under different transmission schemes.
  • PTRS Phase Tracking Reference Signals
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for simultaneous PUSCH transmission.
  • the execution subject may be a terminal.
  • the terminal may be any of the terminal types listed in the embodiment as shown in Figure 1, or it may It can also be other terminal types besides those listed in the embodiment shown in Figure 1 Terminal is not specifically limited here.
  • the method of simultaneous PUSCH transmission may include the following steps:
  • Step 201 The terminal transmits the target PUSCH simultaneously through N antenna panels, where the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N
  • the antenna panels correspond one to one
  • the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  • N may be equal to 2 or any integer above 2.
  • N equals 2 is used as an example for illustration, and no specific limitation is constituted here.
  • the terminal can simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH based on the N SRS resource sets associated with the target PUSCH, and whether to use the FDM transmission scheme, SFN transmission scheme or SDM scheme can be determined according to the terminal's capabilities or by the network. Side device instructions.
  • each SRS resource set may include one or more SRS resources, and all SRS resources in the one SRS resource set use this SRS resource set.
  • Corresponding beam of an antenna panel For example: when an SRS resource set includes multiple SRS resources, the multiple SRS resources can use different beams, and these different beams belong to an antenna corresponding to the SRS resource set. panel.
  • the method of transmitting PUSCH simultaneously also includes:
  • the terminal sends capability information to the network side device, where the capability information includes the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal;
  • the terminal determines the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information from the network side device, wherein the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal includes the target transmission scheme.
  • the terminal may support one or more of the FDM transmission scheme, SFN transmission scheme and SDM scheme.
  • the terminal may report the transmission scheme it supports or the identification information of the transmission scheme to the network side device. , so that the network side device selects a target transmission scheme as the target PUSCH from the transmission schemes supported by the terminal, and delivers the selected target transmission scheme or the identification information of the target transmission scheme to the terminal, so that the terminal and the network The side equipment agrees on the transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH.
  • the above-mentioned first indication information may be carried in any message or signaling sent by the network side device to the terminal.
  • the above-mentioned first indication information may reuse an existing message or signaling sent by the network side device to the terminal.
  • the message or signaling for example: when the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal to adopt the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme, the terminal determines the target according to the first indication information from the network side device.
  • Transmission options including:
  • the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is the same as the transmission scheme corresponding to the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme.
  • the terminal only needs to receive one piece of first indication information from the network side device to simultaneously determine the simultaneous reception scheme of PDSCH and the simultaneous transmission scheme of the target PUSCH, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the first indication information includes the number of demodulation reference signal DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups carried in first downlink control information DCI signaling, which is used to schedule the Target PUSCH, or when the first indication information includes the number of TBs configured for the target PUSCH, the terminal determines the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information from the network side device, including At least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is an SDM transmission scheme
  • the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme or an SFN transmission scheme.
  • the terminal can determine based on the number of DMRS CDM groups occupied by the target PUSCH dynamically indicated in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH or according to the number of TBs configured by the higher layer for the target PUSCH.
  • the target PUSCH transmission scheme is an SDM or non-SDM transmission scheme.
  • the number of repeated transmissions between time slots or the number of repeated transmissions in the nominal time dimension (which can also be called: nominal scale) of the target PUSCH is equal to 1.
  • time domain resource allocation indication field Time Domain Resource Allocation, TDRA
  • DCI format 0-1 or 0-2 indicates the number of repeated transmissions between timeslots (when the PUSCH mapping type (mapping type) is determined by the network When the signaling configuration is 'TypeA') or the time dimension name If the number of repetitions (when the PUSCH mapping type is configured as 'TypeB' by network signaling) is equal to 1, the terminal selects one of the target transmission schemes to send PUSCH; when the TDRA indicates that the number of repetitions is greater than 1, the terminal executes Rel-17 Supported time-division PUSCH repeated transmission.
  • TDRA Time Domain Resource Allocation
  • N transmission configurations are indicated to indicate TCI states, or when N TCI state groups are indicated in the second DCI signaling, the N SRS resource sets correspond one-to-one to the N TCI states or N TCI state groups.
  • the spatial relationship of one or more SRS resources in the SRS resource set is associated with the corresponding TCI state or TCI state group.
  • N N equal to 2 as an example, the spatial relationship of one or more SRS resources in the first SRS resource set can be associated with the first TCI state or the first TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling; the second The spatial relationship of one or more SRS resources in the SRS resource set may be associated with the second TCI state or the second TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling.
  • the spatial relationship of the SRS resources in the SRS resource set can be determined based on the correspondence between the SRS resource set and the TCI state or TCI state group.
  • the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode
  • the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the M The spatial relationships of SRS resources are all associated with a TCI state indicated in the second DCI signaling
  • the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to the value of M , M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to the value of M.
  • the larger the value of M the larger the SRS resource index indication field.
  • the SRS resource index indication field can indicate the index of M SRS resources. For example: assuming that the size of the SRS resource index indication field is X bits, then in, Indicates rounding A up. In this way, the SRS resource index indication field in the first DCI signaling can be used to indicate that the spatial relationships of the M SRS resources are all associated with one TCI state indicated in the second DCI signaling.
  • M is greater than 1, the number of ports corresponding to each SRS resource in the target SRS resource set is different. In this way, multiple SRS resources corresponding to the same TCI state can Different port numbers are used for transmission, allowing dynamic switching between full-power mode and non-full-power mode.
  • the target PUSCH adopts a codebook transmission mode
  • the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the M The spatial relationship of each SRS resource is associated with a TCI state in a target TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling
  • the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling of the target PUSCH is scheduled.
  • the size of is related to M', where M' represents the number of mutually different SRS ports among the M SRS ports corresponding to the M SRS resources, and M' is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M.
  • the M SRS resources in the above target SRS resource set correspond to M SRS ports, and the M SRS ports may include the same SRS port.
  • M' may be equal to the M SRS ports that are different from each other.
  • the number of types of SRS ports For example, assuming M is equal to 4, the SRS ports corresponding to these four SRS resources are: 4, 4, 2, and 1 respectively, then M' is equal to 3.
  • the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to M'.
  • M' The larger the value of M', the larger the SRS resource index indication field, so that the SRS resource
  • the index indication field can indicate the index of M' SRS resources respectively having different SRS ports. For example: assuming that the size of the SRS resource index indication field is X bits, then In this way, the SRS resource corresponding to one of the SRS ports can be indicated through the SRS resource index indication field in the first DCI signaling.
  • the spatial relationship between the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the target TCI status group are respectively
  • the first L TCI states are associated in one-to-one correspondence, and L is an integer greater than 0.
  • the above target SRS port may be any SRS port corresponding to M SRS resources
  • the target TCI state group may include K TCI states, where K may be an integer greater than or equal to L, where K equals L
  • K may be an integer greater than or equal to L
  • K equals L
  • the first L TCI states are selected from the TCI state group, and based on this, the spatial relationship of the L SRS resources associated with the L TCI states and corresponding to a certain SRS port can be determined.
  • the method of transmitting PUSCH simultaneously also includes:
  • the terminal determines, according to the first association relationship, that one SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission includes: one of the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port, and is consistent with the TCI status indicated in the second DCI signaling.
  • the first association relationship includes an association relationship between the spatial relationship of L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the L TCI states.
  • the above-mentioned first association relationship specifically refers to an association relationship in which the spatial relationships of the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port are respectively associated with the first L TCI states in the target TCI state group in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • N is equal to 4, two of the SRS resources use SRS port A, and the other two SRS resources use SRS port B.
  • SRS port A corresponds to two common beam (unified beam) resources
  • SRS port B can determine one of the two common beam resources as an SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission. That is, different SRS ports can be grouped to associate with unified beams, and further determine a unified beam as an SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission through a TCI state indicated in the downlink DCI.
  • the SRS resources associated with the TCI status indicated in the second DCI signaling can be combined to determine the SRS resources corresponding to a certain SRS port.
  • the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH carries the first indication field and the second indication field;
  • the first indication field includes a joint indication field of the transmit precoding matrix indicator TPMI and the rank indicator (Rank Indicator, RI) corresponding to the first SRS resource set
  • the second indication field includes a TPMI indication field corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication field of TPMI and RI
  • the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource collection;
  • the first indication field includes a joint indication field of SRS resource indication SRI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set
  • the second indication field The indication field includes an SRI indication field corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication field of SRI and RI.
  • two different indication fields are divided in the first DCI signaling to respectively indicate the TPMI and RI of the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set in the codebook transmission mode, or, in the third Two different indication fields are divided into one DCI signaling to respectively indicate the SRI and RI of the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set in the non-codebook transmission mode.
  • only the RI of the first SRS resource set may be indicated, but not the RI of the second SRS resource set, and the RI of the second SRS resource set may be determined based on the first set of rules based on preset rules.
  • the RI of each SRS resource set is determined.
  • the first indication field contains the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set;
  • the number of layers data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is the same as the number of layers data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set.
  • the joint indication field of TPMI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set can be indicated in the first indication field, while only the TPMI and RI corresponding to the second SRS resource set are indicated in the second indication field.
  • TPMI and determine that the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is the same as the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set; in non-code
  • the joint indication field of SRS resource indication SRI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set can be indicated in the first indication field, while only the SRI corresponding to the second SRS resource set is indicated in the second indication field.
  • the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is the same as the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set. In this way, it can be reduced The occupied bits of the second indication field.
  • both the first indication field and the second indication field may indicate a joint indication field of TPMI and RI, or a joint indication field of SRI and RI, which is not specifically limited here.
  • the method of transmitting PUSCH simultaneously also includes:
  • the terminal receives first configuration information
  • the first configuration information is used to configure a first rank maximum value and a second rank maximum value
  • the first rank maximum value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain
  • the second rank maximum value The value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain
  • the first configuration information is used to configure a third rank maximum value, and the third rank maximum value is the A value indicating the maximum rank supported by the domain.
  • the above-mentioned first configuration information may be configuration information in which higher layer signaling configures a maximum rank number for the target PUSCH transmission.
  • the above-mentioned first rank maximum value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain, which can be understood as: assuming that the first rank maximum value is equal to 4, the first indication domain can be Indicates: any rank among 1,2,3,4. Similarly, the value of the rank indicated by the second indication field may be less than or equal to the above-mentioned second maximum value of rank. In this way, the two rank maximum values respectively indicate the maximum number of ranks allowed for indication in the first indication domain and the second indication domain.
  • the above-mentioned first configuration information is only used to configure the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain, while the value of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain can be determined according to preset rules. The value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain is determined.
  • the value R′ of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain may include any of the following:
  • R max represents the third rank maximum value, Indicates rounding down A
  • R′ R max .
  • the implementation of using preset rules to calculate the maximum rank number supported by the second indication domain can reduce the amount of information in the first configuration information.
  • which preset rule is specifically used to determine the maximum number of ranks supported by the second indication domain can be agreed in the protocol or pre-configured, and is not specifically limited here.
  • the ranks associated with different SRIs are supported to be separately indicated or shared.
  • the first DCI signaling also includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the following rules is effective:
  • the first indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets
  • the second indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets
  • the first indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  • the second indication information may indicate dynamic switching of the association between the first indication domain and the second indication domain and the first SRS resource set and the first SRS resource set respectively.
  • the above-mentioned second indication domain The indication information may reuse the indication information used to instruct beam switching in related technologies. For example: in the related technology, assuming that the second indication information is 10, it indicates that the first SRS resource set corresponds to beam1, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to beam2; assuming that the second indication information is 11, it indicates that the second The first SRS resource set corresponds to beam1, and the first SRS resource set corresponds to beam2.
  • the beam scheme when the second indication information is 10 and the second indication information is 11 are the same.
  • the second indication can be multiplexed information to indicate the switching of the above two rules.
  • the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme
  • the sum of the first physical resource block (Physical Resource Block, PRB) number and the second PRB number is equal to the th The number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH indicated by the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in DCI signaling;
  • the first number of PRBs is the number of first PRBs occupied by PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
  • the second number of PRBs is the number of second PRBs occupied by the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
  • the first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH.
  • the two SRS resource sets occupy their own PRBs, and the sum of the number of PRBs occupied by the two SRS resource sets is equal to the number indicated by the FDRA domain.
  • the number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH is equal to the number indicated by the FDRA domain.
  • the first and second PRB numbers may be determined in the following manner:
  • Method 1 The first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to
  • Method 2 The first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to
  • the first PRB number and the second PRB number may be determined by default in either manner 1 or 2.
  • the starting frequency domain position of the above-mentioned first PRB may be the first PRB position from the lower frequency on the frequency domain resource occupied by the target PUSCH indicated by the FDRA domain.
  • the frequency domain frequency hopping function When the frequency domain frequency hopping function is turned on, it may be in frequency hopping mode.
  • the previous low-frequency position is used as the starting frequency domain position of the first PRB.
  • the first PRB is a continuous frequency domain position including the lowest frequency position in the frequency domain resource occupied by the target PUSCH.
  • the frequency domain position of the second PRB may be a continuous frequency domain configuration at the other end of the frequency domain resource occupied by the target PUSCH except the frequency domain position where the first PRB is located.
  • the frequency domain resources of the first PRB can be made continuous
  • the frequency domain resources of the second PRB can be made continuous.
  • the result after frequency hopping can also be that the first PRB occupies a continuous PRB in the frequency domain, and the second PRB occupies a continuous PRB in the frequency domain.
  • the first PRB and the second PRB may be discontinuous in the frequency domain.
  • the target PUSCH when configured as a DFT waveform, considering the scheduling restrictions of the target PUSCH on the PRB under the FDM transmission scheme, and considering the impact when frequency hopping is turned on, it can support the target PUSCH in the FDM transmission mode in the frequency hopping turned on mode. Under the scheme, the data is transmitted according to the DFT waveform.
  • the transport data block TB size of the target PUSCH is determined based on any one of the following reference PRB numbers:
  • the transmission data block TB size of the target PUSCH is determined with reference to N PRB , it can be based on setting the reference PRB to N PRB and substituting the value of the reference PRB into the calculation formula of the transmission data block TB size of the target PUSCH.
  • the transmission data block TB size of the target PUSCH is calculated, which is similar to the FDM-A scheme for simultaneously receiving PDSCH in related technologies, and will not be described again here.
  • the first PRB number may be equal to It may also be equal to The first PRB number may be equal to
  • option three is the same as option two, and the first PRB is equal to , the transmission data block TB size of the target PUSCH is still determined based on the number of PRBs occupied by the first PRB.
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a waveform based on Discrete Fourier Transformation Spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (DFT-s-OFDM)
  • the first PRB number and the second PRB number respectively satisfy the target constraint conditions, wherein the target constraint conditions include: equal to 2 x *3 y *5 z , x, y and z are respectively greater than or equal to 0 integer.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal generates a first ZC sequence corresponding to the first PRB number, and generates a second ZC sequence corresponding to the second PRB number, and the first ZC sequence and the second ZC sequence are used to generate DMRS.
  • the terminal generates two ZC sequences corresponding to the first PRB number and the second PRB number, wherein the ZC sequence corresponding to the first PRB number is used for the DMRS corresponding to the first PRB, and the ZC sequence corresponding to the second PRB number is used for the DMRS corresponding to the first PRB.
  • the ZC sequence corresponding to the number of PRBs is used for the DMRS corresponding to the second PRB.
  • two DMRSs can be used to support demodulation of the DFT-s-OFDM waveform signals transmitted on the first PRB and the second PRB.
  • the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme and the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform
  • the first phase-tracking reference signal Phase-Tracking Reference Signal , PTRS
  • PTRS Phase-Tracking Reference Signal
  • the PTRS and the SRS resources in the mutually related SRS resource set may be sent using the same beam information method.
  • the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the first PRB number;
  • the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the second PRB number.
  • the number of PTRS groups and/or the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group is related to the number of PRBs, which can be: dividing the number of PRBs into multiple value intervals, and each value interval has its own corresponding PTRS.
  • the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS associated with the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set and the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group can be determined based on the first PRB number, and the second PRB number can be determined based on the second PRB number.
  • the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS associated with the SRS resource in the SRS resource set and the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group can be determined based on the first PRB number
  • the second PRB number can be determined based on the second PRB number.
  • the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS is the same as the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, and the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS is the same as that of each PTRS group of the second PTRS.
  • the number of PTRS sample points within is the same;
  • the number of points is related to a preset number of PRBs among the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs.
  • the above-mentioned preset PRB number may be any one of the first PRB number and the second PRB number, for example: the first PRB number, or may be determined based on the values of the first PRB number and the second PRB number.
  • a PRB number for example: the preset PRB number is the largest one between the first PRB number and the second PRB number, or the preset PRB number is the smallest one between the first PRB number and the second PRB number, There is no specific limitation here.
  • the first PTRS and the second PTRS have the same number of PTRS groups, and the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is the same. In this way, it only needs to be calculated according to the first PRB number or the first PRB number. Use the number of PRBs to determine the number of a PTRS group and the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group.
  • the target PUSCH when the target PUSCH includes a first PUSCH transmission opportunity and a second PUSCH transmission opportunity, the first PUSCH transmission opportunity is sent on the first PRB, and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity is The PUSCH sending opportunity is sent on the second PRB.
  • the above-mentioned target PUSCH includes a first PUSCH transmission opportunity and a second PUSCH transmission opportunity.
  • the target PUSCH may adopt a scheme similar to the FDM-B transmission scheme in the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme in related technologies.
  • the target PUSCH The data transmitted on the network is copied into two copies using different RV redundancy versions, so as to be sent to the network side device at the first PUSCH sending opportunity and the second PUSCH sending opportunity respectively.
  • the two PUSCH transmission opportunities included in the target PUSCH may each occupy different PRBs.
  • the data sent by the target PUSCH and the channel state information (Channel State Information, CSI) report information are multiplexed and transmitted in at least one of the following ways:
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the first PRB and the first PUSCH transmission opportunity, and the CSI report information is also multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the second PRB and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. transmission;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the size of the first PRB or the second PRB;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the minimum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the maximum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the target PUSCH according to the size of the PRB occupied by the target PUSCH.
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the first PRB and the first PUSCH transmission timing, and the CSI report information is also transmitted according to the size of the second PRB. This is smaller than the case of multiplexing transmission at the second PUSCH transmission opportunity, that is, the same CSI report information is independently multiplexed with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity according to the existing behavior.
  • the multiplexing method includes CSI rate matching behavior and PUSCH rate matching behavior.
  • the CSI rate matching behavior and PUSCH rate matching behavior are respectively related to the corresponding number of PRBs, so that the CSI report information is consistent with the PUSCH rate matching behavior.
  • the data can be combined according to a certain order and rules based on the PRB number.
  • Option 2 In the case where the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB, The difference from case 1 is that: according to the multiplexing mode corresponding to any one of the first PRB number and the second PRB number, the CSI report information is combined with the data transmitted on the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively. Blended.
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the minimum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB.
  • the difference between the situation and the second situation is that: according to the multiplexing method corresponding to the minimum value of the first PRB number and the second PRB number, the CSI report information is respectively associated with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. Blending of data transmitted on the system.
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the maximum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB.
  • the difference between the situation and the second situation is that: according to the multiplexing method corresponding to the maximum value of the first PRB number and the second PRB number, the CSI report information is respectively associated with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. Blending of data transmitted on the system.
  • the difference from case two is that: according to the sum of the first PRB number and the second PRB number (That is, the total number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH N PRB )
  • the corresponding multiplexing method combines the data transmitted on the target PUSCH as a whole with the CSI report information.
  • the CSI reporting information can be multiplexed and transmitted with the data transmitted on the target PUSCH in a variety of multiplexing modes.
  • the third DCI signaling adopts DCI format 2_4, and the In the case where the third DCI signaling carries a command to cancel uplink PUSCH transmission, the method further includes:
  • the terminal cancels the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity according to the uplink PUSCH transmission cancellation command.
  • the third DCI signaling of the above-mentioned DCI format 2_4 is used to instruct the terminal to cancel the transmission of PUSCH at a certain time in the future.
  • the terminal may cancel the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity based on receiving the third DCI signaling, and specifically the cancellation may be determined in the following manner. Which one or both of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity is cancelled:
  • the terminal cancels the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity, including at least one of the following:
  • the terminal determines that the frequency domain resources indicated in the third DCI signaling to cancel transmission at least partially overlap with the frequency domain resources of the first PRB and the frequency domain resources of the second PRB, the terminal cancels all the frequency domain resources.
  • the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity are transmitted.
  • the terminal cancels the transmission of the PUSCH transmission timing corresponding to the PRB that at least partially overlaps the frequency domain resource indicating cancellation of transmission in the third DCI signaling, thereby realizing the cancellation of transmission behavior with the granularity of the antenna panel.
  • the method further includes:
  • the terminal obtains third indication information, the third indication information is carried in first DCI signaling, the first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH, and the third indication information is used to indicate the following rules At least one of the following is in effect:
  • the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets uses the DMRS port of the first CDM group among the two CDM groups, and is different from the N SRS resource sets.
  • the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set in the resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group among the two CDM groups;
  • the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use the two CDM groups.
  • the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set use DMRS ports of the two CDM groups;
  • the first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the second SRS among the N SRS resource sets. At least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the resource set is associated;
  • the first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the second SRS resource set
  • the second PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the first SRS resource set. DMRS port association.
  • the DMRS port information of the above target PUSCH can occupy two CDM groups, that is, the target PUSCH can adopt the SDM transmission scheme.
  • the target PUSCH can also adopt other schemes, such as: SFN transmission scheme or FDM transmission scheme. etc., I won’t mention specific counties here.
  • the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets uses the DMRS port of the first CDM group among the two CDM groups, and is different from the N SRS resource set.
  • the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group among the two CDM groups, which may be: PUSCH transmission resources associated with N SRS resource sets and N CDM groups DMRS ports are associated in a one-to-one correspondence. In this way, when the target PUSCH is transmitted simultaneously through the first antenna panel and the second antenna panel, each antenna panel can occupy the DMRS port associated with its corresponding SRS resource set.
  • Rule 2 The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use The DMRS port of the first CDM group among the two CDM groups.
  • Rule 1 The difference from Rule 1 is that the PUSCH associated with N SRS resource sets The association between transmission resources and DMRS ports of N CDM groups can be switched.
  • Rule 3 The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set use the DMRS ports of the two CDM groups.
  • the difference from Rules 1 and 2 is that at certain times, the target PUSCH may also support transmission on only one antenna panel. At this time, the one antenna panel may occupy one or more DMRS ports.
  • the first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the first one of the N SRS resource sets.
  • At least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the two SRS resource sets is associated.
  • the PUSCH transmission resources associated with each SRS resource set may use one or more DMRS ports, where PTRS occupies at least one DMRS port.
  • the terminal can be instructed by signaling to associate the PTRS domains of N antenna panels with N SRS resource sets in a one-to-one correspondence, so that the PTRS domain uses the DMRS port of the PUSCH transmission resource of the associated SRS resource set.
  • Rule 5 The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the second SRS resource set, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the PUSCH transmission resources of the first SRS resource set. At least one DMRS port is associated.
  • the terminal by carrying the above-mentioned third instruction information in the first signaling, the terminal can be instructed to adopt any one of the above-mentioned rules 1 to 5, thereby realizing flexible switching of the above-mentioned rules 1 to 5.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the target PUSCH is configured with a first PTRS port and a second PTRS port
  • the first PTRS port and the third PTRS port One PTRS port corresponds to different DMRS ports, wherein the different DMRS ports belong to different CDM groups.
  • the same data is transmitted on the PUSCH resources associated with the N SRS resource sets.
  • the PUSCH resources associated with the N SRS resource sets can use different DMRS pilots (corresponding to different DMRS ports).
  • the goal is to pass PUSCH is configured with two different PTRS ports, and each PTRS port corresponds to a DMRS port in a different CDM group, so that the PUSCH resources associated with N SRS resource sets can use different DMRS pilots.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform
  • the first offset value is the resource element indicated by the higher layer signaling.
  • the value corresponding to the offset resourceElementOffset, or the first offset value is the value corresponding to the default offset of the first resource element;
  • the first offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  • the value of resourceElementOffset can be any one of Offse00, Offse01, Offse10 and Offse11. If the high-level signaling indicates the value corresponding to resourceElementOffset, the indication of the high-level signaling shall prevail. If the high-level signaling does not indicate the value corresponding to resourceElementOffset, the default offset of the first resource element shall be used. For example: the offset of the first resource element is equal to Offse00 by default.
  • the offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets can be determined.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform
  • the second offset value is an offset related to the first offset value. value, or the second offset value is the value corresponding to the default second resource element offset
  • the second offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  • h is an integer, which can reduce the set of N SRS resources.
  • the second offset value can also be directly defaulted to be equal to the value corresponding to the offset of the second resource element.
  • the offset of the second resource element is equal to Offse01 by default.
  • the default first offset value may be equal to the value corresponding to Offse00, and the default second offset value may be equal to the value corresponding to Offse01.
  • the terminal can perform rate matching on the PTRS associated with the two SRS resources based on the first offset value and the second offset value.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform:
  • the index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
  • n RNTI represents the RNTI number related to the scrambling of the first DCI signaling that schedules the target PUSCH transmission or the constant value related to the RNTI scrambling value of the first DCI signaling or a default constant ;
  • the index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
  • k is a positive integer.
  • the number of RNTIs in the N SRS resource sets can be determined by configuring the number of RNTIs related to scrambling of the first DCI signaling or the constant value n RNTI related to the RNTI scrambling value of the first DCI signaling.
  • Each SRS resource set corresponds to the index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource. In this way, the mutual interference of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resources of the N SRS resource sets can be reduced. .
  • the first PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set
  • the second PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set
  • the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • the PUSCH transmission resources corresponding to the two SRS resource sets are respectively used to transmit corresponding TB blocks. Then the SRS resources in the two SRS resource sets have their own associated PTRS. In this way, the SRS resources in the two SRS resource sets can be transmitted simultaneously based on different PTRS. Transfer two terabyte chunks.
  • the density of the first PTRS is related to the modulation and coding scheme MCS level used by the first TB indicated by the two TB indications, and the density of the second PTRS is related to the second PTRS indicated by the two TB indications. related to the MCS level used by each TB; or,
  • the density of the first PTRS is the same as the density of the second PTRS, and is related to the MCS level used by the preset TB indicated by the two TB indications.
  • the density of the first PTRS and the density of the second PTRS respectively correspond to the MCS level used by the first TB and the MCS level used by the second TB.
  • the density of the first PTRS and the density of the second PTRS are the same and correspond to the MCS level used by the preset TB, wherein the preset TB may be as indicated by the two TB instructions.
  • the TB at the preset position (for example: the TB arranged in the first position or the TB arranged in the second position), or the corresponding maximum MCS among the first TB and the second TB indicated by the two TB indications.
  • the density of the first PTRS and the density of the second PTRS may be determined according to at least one of the MCS levels respectively used by the two TB indications configured in the first DCI signaling.
  • the terminal simultaneously transmits the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N
  • the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  • the terminal can use at least two antenna panels to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH, which can improve the transmission efficiency of the target PUSCH.
  • the execution subject may be a device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission.
  • the method of performing simultaneous PUSCH transmission by a device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission is taken as an example to illustrate the device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission, which can be applied to a terminal.
  • the device 300 for simultaneous PUSCH transmission can include the following modules:
  • the transmission module 301 is configured to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N antennas.
  • the panels correspond one to one, and the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  • the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH also includes:
  • a sending module configured to send capability information to the network side device, where the capability information includes the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal;
  • a first determination module configured to determine the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information from the network side device, wherein the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal includes the target transmission scheme.
  • the first determination module is specifically used to:
  • the target transmission scheme is the same as the transmission scheme corresponding to the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme.
  • the first indication information includes the number of demodulation reference signals DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups used to indicate occupation carried in the first downlink control information DCI signaling used to schedule the target PUSCH.
  • the first determination module is specifically configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the target transmission scheme is an SDM transmission scheme
  • the target transmission scheme is determined to be an FDM transmission scheme or an SFN transmission scheme.
  • the number of repeated transmissions between time slots or the nominal number of repeated transmissions in the time dimension of the target PUSCH is equal to 1.
  • the N SRS resource sets One-to-one correspondence with the N TCI states or N TCI state groups.
  • the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode
  • the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the spatial relationships of the M SRS resources are all is associated with a TCI status indicated in the second DCI signaling
  • the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to the value of M, where M is greater than or equal to an integer of 1.
  • the number of ports corresponding to each SRS resource in the target SRS resource set is different.
  • the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode
  • the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the spatial relationships of the M SRS resources are all is associated with a TCI state in a target TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling
  • the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to M', wherein, M' represents the number of mutually different SRS ports among the M SRS ports corresponding to the M SRS resources, and M' is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M.
  • the spatial relationship between the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the target TCI status group are respectively
  • the first L TCI states are associated in one-to-one correspondence, and L is an integer greater than 0.
  • the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH also includes:
  • the second determination module is configured to determine, according to the first association relationship, that one SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission includes: one of the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port, and one of the SRS resources associated with the second DCI signaling. An SRS resource associated with the indicated TCI status;
  • the first association relationship includes an association relationship between the spatial relationship of L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the L TCI states.
  • N when N is equal to 2, schedule the first DCI signaling of the target PUSCH Carrying the first indication field and the second indication field;
  • the first indication field includes a joint indication field of the transmit precoding matrix indicator TPMI and the rank indicator RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set
  • the second indication field The domain includes a TPMI indication domain corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication domain of TPMI and RI
  • the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set;
  • the first indication field includes a joint indication field of SRS resource indication SRI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set
  • the second indication field Includes an SRI indication field corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication field of SRI and RI.
  • the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH also includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive the first configuration information
  • the first configuration information is used to configure a first rank maximum value and a second rank maximum value
  • the first rank maximum value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain
  • the second rank maximum value The value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain
  • the first configuration information is used to configure a third maximum rank value, where the third maximum rank value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain.
  • the value R′ of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain includes any of the following:
  • R max represents the third rank maximum value, Indicates rounding down A
  • R′ R max .
  • the first indication field includes the number of layer data flows or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set;
  • the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is the same as the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set.
  • the first DCI signaling also includes second indication information, and the second indication information is Indicates that at least one of the following rules is in effect:
  • the first indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets
  • the second indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets
  • the first indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  • the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme
  • the sum of the first physical resource block PRB number and the second PRB number is equal to the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA in the first DCI signaling.
  • the first number of PRBs is the number of first PRBs occupied by PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
  • the second number of PRBs is the number of second PRBs occupied by the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
  • the first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH.
  • the first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to or,
  • the first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to
  • N PRB represents the number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH.
  • the transport data block TB size of the target PUSCH is determined based on any one of the following reference PRB numbers:
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform based on discrete Fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs respectively satisfy Target constraints, wherein the target constraints include: equal to 2 x * 3 y * 5 z , x, y and z are respectively integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the device 300 for simultaneously sending PUSCH also includes:
  • Generating module configured to generate a first ZC sequence corresponding to the first PRB number, and generate a second ZC sequence corresponding to the second PRB number, where the first ZC sequence and the second ZC sequence are To generate DMRS.
  • the first PRB after frequency hopping is continuous in the frequency domain
  • the second PRB after frequency hopping is continuous in the frequency domain
  • the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme and the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform
  • the first phase tracking reference signal PTRS and the first SRS resource set The second PTRS is associated with the SRS resource in the second SRS resource set.
  • the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the first PRB number;
  • the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the second PRB number.
  • the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS is the same as the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, and the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS is the same as that of each PTRS of the second PTRS.
  • the number of PTRS sample points within the group is the same;
  • the number of points is related to a preset number of PRBs among the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs.
  • the target PUSCH includes a first PUSCH transmission opportunity and a second PUSCH transmission opportunity
  • the first PUSCH transmission opportunity is sent on the first PRB
  • the second PUSCH transmission opportunity is on the sent on the second PRB.
  • the data and channel state information CSI report information sent by the target PUSCH are multiplexed and transmitted in at least one of the following ways:
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the first PRB and the first PUSCH transmission opportunity, and the CSI report information is also multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the second PRB and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. transmission;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the size of the first PRB or the second PRB;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the minimum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the maximum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the target PUSCH according to the size of the PRB occupied by the target PUSCH.
  • the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH also includes:
  • a cancel sending module configured to cancel the sending of at least one of the first PUSCH sending opportunity and the second PUSCH sending opportunity according to the uplink PUSCH sending cancel command.
  • the cancel sending module is specifically configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain resources indicating cancellation of transmission in the third DCI signaling at least partially overlap with the frequency domain resources of the first PRB and the frequency domain resources of the second PRB, cancel the first PRB.
  • the PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity are transmitted.
  • the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH also includes:
  • Obtaining module configured to obtain third indication information, the third indication information is carried in first DCI signaling, the first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH, and the third indication information is used to indicate At least one of the following rules is in effect:
  • the resource uses the DMRS port of the first CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the second SRS resource set of the N SRS resource sets uses the second of the two CDM groups.
  • the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use the two CDM groups.
  • the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set use DMRS ports of the two CDM groups;
  • the first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the second SRS among the N SRS resource sets. At least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the resource set is associated;
  • the first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the second SRS resource set
  • the second PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the first SRS resource set. DMRS port association.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the target PUSCH is configured with a first PTRS port and a second PTRS port
  • the first PTRS port and the first PTRS port correspond to different DMRS ports, wherein the different DMRS ports belong to different CDM groups.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform
  • the first offset value corresponds to the resource element offset resourceElementOffset indicated by the higher layer signaling.
  • the value, or the first offset value is the value corresponding to the default first resource element offset;
  • the first offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform
  • the second offset value is an offset related to the first offset value. value, or the second offset value is the value corresponding to the default second resource element offset
  • the second offset value is the same as the second SRS resource in the N SRS resource set.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform:
  • the index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
  • n RNTI indicates the number of RNTIs related to the first DCI signaling scrambling for scheduling the target PUSCH transmission or the RNTI scrambling of the first DCI signaling. Value-related constant value or default constant;
  • the index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
  • k is a positive integer.
  • the first DCI signaling that schedules the target PUSCH is configured with domains associated with two TBs
  • the target PUSCH is used to transmit two TBs at the same time
  • the first The PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set
  • the second PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set
  • the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • the density of the first PTRS is related to the modulation and coding scheme MCS level used by the first TB indicated by the two TB indications, and the density of the second PTRS is related to the second PTRS indicated by the two TB indications. related to the MCS level used by each TB; or,
  • the density of the first PTRS is the same as the density of the second PTRS, and is related to the MCS level used by the preset TB indicated by the two TB indications.
  • the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal.
  • Terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the device 300 for simultaneous PUSCH transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 400, which includes a processor 401 and a memory 402.
  • the memory 402 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 401, such as , when the communication device 400 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 401, each step of the above method embodiment for simultaneous PUSCH transmission is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 400 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 401, the steps of the above method embodiment for simultaneous PUSCH transmission are implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid duplication, they will not be described again here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to simultaneously transmit a target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, and N is greater than 1.
  • the N SRS resource sets correspond to the N antenna panels one-to-one
  • the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or, Spatial division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  • This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned method embodiment for simultaneous PUSCH transmission.
  • Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal that implements an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 500 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 501, a network module 502, an audio output unit 503, an input unit 504, a sensor 505, a display unit 506, a user input unit 507, an interface unit 508, a memory 509, a processor 510, etc. At least some parts.
  • the terminal 500 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components.
  • the power supply may be logically connected to the processor 510 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions.
  • the terminal structure shown in Figure 5 does not constitute a limitation of the terminal, and the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown, or Or combine certain components, or arrange different components, which will not be described again here.
  • the input unit 504 may include a graphics processing unit (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 5041 and a microphone 5042.
  • the graphics processor 5041 is responsible for the image capture device (GPU) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode. Process the image data of still pictures or videos obtained by cameras (such as cameras).
  • the display unit 506 may include a display panel 5061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light-emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 507 includes a touch panel 5071 and at least one of other input devices 5072 . Touch panel 5071, also called touch screen.
  • the touch panel 5071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 5072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
  • the radio frequency unit 501 after receiving downlink data from the network side device, the radio frequency unit 501 can transmit it to the processor 510 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 501 can send uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 501 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
  • Memory 509 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 509 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc.
  • memory 509 may include volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or memory 509 may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM Double Data Rate SDRAM
  • DDRSDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM direct
  • the processor 510 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 510 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 510.
  • the radio frequency unit 501 is used to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N Each antenna panel corresponds to one-to-one, and the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  • the radio frequency unit 501 is also configured to send capability information to the network side device, where the capability information includes the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal, and receive the first indication information from the network side device;
  • the processor 510 is configured to determine the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information, wherein the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal includes the target transmission scheme.
  • the processor 510 executes the step of determining the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information.
  • the processor 510 executes the step of determining the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information.
  • the target transmission scheme is the same as the transmission scheme corresponding to the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme.
  • the first indication information includes the number of demodulation reference signal DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups carried in first downlink control information DCI signaling, which is used to schedule the Target PUSCH, or when the first indication information includes the number of transmission blocks TB configured for the target PUSCH, the processor 510 executes the determination of the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information, include:
  • the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is an SDM transmission scheme
  • the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme or an SFN transmission scheme. case.
  • the number of repeated transmissions between time slots or the nominal number of repeated transmissions in the time dimension of the target PUSCH is equal to 1.
  • the N SRS resource sets One-to-one correspondence with the N TCI states or N TCI state groups.
  • the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode
  • the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the spatial relationships of the M SRS resources are all is associated with a TCI status indicated in the second DCI signaling
  • the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to the value of M, where M is greater than or equal to an integer of 1.
  • the number of ports corresponding to each SRS resource in the target SRS resource set is different.
  • the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode
  • the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the spatial relationships of the M SRS resources are all is associated with a TCI state in a target TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling
  • the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to M', wherein, M' represents the number of mutually different SRS ports among the M SRS ports corresponding to the M SRS resources, and M' is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M.
  • the spatial relationship between the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the target TCI status group are respectively
  • the first L TCI states are associated in one-to-one correspondence, and L is an integer greater than 0.
  • the processor 510 is further configured to determine, according to the first association relationship, that one SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission includes: one of the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port, and is related to the second An SRS resource associated with the TCI status indicated in DCI signaling;
  • the first association relationship includes an association relationship between the spatial relationship of L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the L TCI states.
  • N when N is equal to 2, schedule the first DCI signaling of the target PUSCH Carrying the first indication field and the second indication field;
  • the first indication field includes a joint indication field of the transmit precoding matrix indicator TPMI and the rank indicator RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set
  • the second indication field The domain includes a TPMI indication domain corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication domain of TPMI and RI
  • the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set;
  • the first indication field includes a joint indication field of SRS resource indication SRI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set
  • the second indication field Includes an SRI indication field corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication field of SRI and RI.
  • the radio frequency unit 501 is also used to receive the first configuration information
  • the first configuration information is used to configure a first rank maximum value and a second rank maximum value
  • the first rank maximum value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain
  • the second rank maximum value The value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain
  • the first configuration information is used to configure a third maximum rank value, where the third maximum rank value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain.
  • the value R′ of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain includes any of the following:
  • R max represents the third rank maximum value, Indicates rounding down A
  • R′ R max .
  • the first indication field includes the number of layer data flows or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set;
  • the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is the same as the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set.
  • the first DCI signaling also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the following rules is effective:
  • the first indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets
  • the second indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets
  • the first indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  • the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme
  • the sum of the first physical resource block PRB number and the second PRB number is equal to the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA in the first DCI signaling.
  • the first number of PRBs is the number of first PRBs occupied by PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
  • the second number of PRBs is the number of second PRBs occupied by the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
  • the first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH.
  • the first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to or,
  • the first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to
  • N PRB represents the number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH.
  • the transport data block TB size of the target PUSCH is determined based on any one of the following reference PRB numbers:
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform based on discrete Fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs respectively satisfy Target constraints, wherein the target constraints include: equal to 2 x * 3 y * 5 z , x, y and z are respectively integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the processor 510 is also configured to generate a first ZC sequence corresponding to the first PRB number, and generate a The second ZC sequence corresponding to the second PRB number, the first ZC sequence and the second ZC sequence are used to generate DMRS.
  • the first PRB after frequency hopping is continuous in the frequency domain
  • the second PRB after frequency hopping is continuous in the frequency domain
  • the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme and the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform
  • the first phase tracking reference signal PTRS and the first SRS resource set The second PTRS is associated with the SRS resource in the second SRS resource set.
  • the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the first PRB number;
  • the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the second PRB number.
  • the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS is the same as the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, and the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS is the same as that of each PTRS of the second PTRS.
  • the number of PTRS sample points within the group is the same;
  • the number of points is related to a preset number of PRBs among the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs.
  • the target PUSCH includes a first PUSCH transmission opportunity and a second PUSCH transmission opportunity
  • the first PUSCH transmission opportunity is sent on the first PRB
  • the second PUSCH transmission opportunity is on the sent on the second PRB.
  • the data and channel state information CSI report information sent by the target PUSCH are multiplexed and transmitted in at least one of the following ways:
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the first PRB and the first PUSCH transmission opportunity, and the CSI report information is also multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the second PRB and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. transmission;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the size of the first PRB or the second PRB;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the minimum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the maximum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
  • the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the target PUSCH according to the size of the PRB occupied by the target PUSCH.
  • the processor 510 is further configured to cancel the transmission according to the uplink PUSCH command. Cancel the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity.
  • the command executed by the processor 510 to cancel the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity according to the uplink PUSCH transmission cancellation includes at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain resources indicating cancellation of transmission in the third DCI signaling at least partially overlap with the frequency domain resources of the first PRB and the frequency domain resources of the second PRB, cancel the first PRB.
  • the PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity are transmitted.
  • the radio frequency unit 501 is also used to obtain third indication information, the third indication information is carried in the first DCI signaling, and the first DCI signaling is used for scheduling The target PUSCH, the third indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the following rules is in effect:
  • the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets uses the DMRS port of the first CDM group among the two CDM groups, and is different from the N SRS resource sets.
  • the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set in the resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group among the two CDM groups;
  • the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use the two CDM groups.
  • the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set use DMRS ports of the two CDM groups;
  • the first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the second SRS among the N SRS resource sets. At least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the resource set is associated;
  • the first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the second SRS resource set
  • the second PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the first SRS resource set. DMRS port association.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the target PUSCH is configured with a first PTRS port and a second PTRS port
  • the first PTRS port and the first PTRS port correspond to different DMRS ports, wherein the different DMRS ports belong to different CDM groups.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform
  • the first offset value corresponds to the resource element offset resourceElementOffset indicated by the higher layer signaling.
  • the value, or the first offset value is the value corresponding to the default first resource element offset;
  • the first offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform
  • the second offset value is an offset related to the first offset value. value, or the second offset value is the value corresponding to the default second resource element offset
  • the second offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  • the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme
  • the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform:
  • the index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
  • n RNTI indicates the number of RNTIs related to the first DCI signaling scrambling for scheduling the target PUSCH transmission or the RNTI scrambling of the first DCI signaling. Value-related constant value or default constant;
  • the index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
  • k is a positive integer.
  • the first DCI signaling that schedules the target PUSCH is configured with domains associated with two TBs
  • the target PUSCH is used to transmit two TBs at the same time
  • the first The PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set
  • the second PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set
  • the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
  • the density of the first PTRS is related to the modulation and coding scheme MCS level used by the first TB indicated by the two TB indications, and the density of the second PTRS is related to the second PTRS indicated by the two TB indications. related to the MCS level used by each TB; or,
  • the density of the first PTRS is the same as the density of the second PTRS, and is related to the MCS level used by the preset TB indicated by the two TB indications.
  • the terminal 500 provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement various processes implemented by the device 300 for simultaneous PUSCH transmission as shown in Figure 3, and can achieve the same beneficial effects. To avoid duplication, details will not be described here.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium stores a program
  • the program or instruction when executed by the processor, implements each process of the method embodiment of simultaneous PUSCH transmission, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be described again here.
  • the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment.
  • the readable storage medium includes computer readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip.
  • the chip includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above method of simultaneous PUSCH transmission.
  • Each process in the example can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, we will not repeat it here.
  • chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product.
  • the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium.
  • the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above method of simultaneous PUSCH transmission.
  • Each process of the embodiment can achieve the same technical effect, so to avoid repetition, it will not be described again here.
  • the essence of the technical solution or the part that contributes to the existing technology can be embodied in the form of a computer software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk) and includes a number of instructions. It is used to cause a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of this application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application belongs to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a method and apparatus for simultaneously sending a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), and a terminal. The method for simultaneously sending a PUSCH in the embodiments of the present application comprises: a terminal simultaneously transmitting a target PUSCH by means of N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N being an integer greater than 1, the N SRS resource sets are in one-to-one correspondence with the N antenna panels, and a target transmission scheme utilized by the target PUSCH comprises: a frequency division multiplexing (FDM) transmission scheme, or a single-frequency network (SFN) transmission scheme, or a space division multiplexing (SDM) scheme.

Description

物理上行共享信道PUSCH同时发送的方法、装置和终端Method, device and terminal for simultaneous transmission of physical uplink shared channel PUSCH
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请主张在2022年3月7日在中国提交的中国专利申请No.202210217599.9的优先权，其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims priority from Chinese Patent Application No. 202210217599.9 filed in China on March 7, 2022, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请属于通信技术领域，具体涉及一种物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH)同时发送的方法、装置和终端。This application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to a method, device and terminal for simultaneous transmission of Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH).
背景技术Background technique
受限于终端天线面板的发射能力，针对PUSCH的发送，在第5代(5th Generation，5G)通信协议Rel-17中仅讨论了两个天线面板以时分的方式进行切换发送的方案，来提高PUSCH的传输可靠性。这样，每个时间，只有一个天线面板能够发送PUSCH，其限制了PUSCH的传输效率。Limited by the transmitting capability of the terminal antenna panel, for the transmission of PUSCH, the 5th Generation (5G) communication protocol Rel-17 only discusses the solution of two antenna panels switching and transmitting in a time-division manner. Improve the transmission reliability of PUSCH. In this way, only one antenna panel can transmit PUSCH at each time, which limits the transmission efficiency of PUSCH.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种物理上行共享信道PUSCH同时发送的方法、装置和终端，使终端采用至少两个天线面板对上行PUSCH进行同时传输，能够提高PUSCH的传输效率。Embodiments of the present application provide a method, device and terminal for simultaneously transmitting the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, which enables the terminal to use at least two antenna panels to transmit the uplink PUSCH simultaneously, which can improve the transmission efficiency of the PUSCH.
第一方面，提供了一种PUSCH同时发送的方法，应用于终端，该方法包括：The first aspect provides a method for simultaneous PUSCH transmission, which is applied to terminals. The method includes:
终端通过N个天线面板同时传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案，或者，空分复用SDM方案。The terminal simultaneously transmits the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, where the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets correspond to the N antenna panels one-to-one, The target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
第二方面，提供了一种PUSCH同时发送的装置，应用于终端，该装置包括： In the second aspect, a device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission is provided, which is applied to a terminal. The device includes:
传输模块，用于通过N个天线面板同时传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案，或者，空分复用SDM方案。A transmission module configured to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N antenna panels In one-to-one correspondence, the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
第三方面，提供了一种终端，该终端包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In a third aspect, a terminal is provided. The terminal includes a processor and a memory. The memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor. When the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the following implementations are implemented: The steps of the method described in one aspect.
第四方面，提供了一种终端，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述通信接口用于通过N个天线面板同时传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案，或者，空分复用SDM方案。In a fourth aspect, a terminal is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to simultaneously transmit target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, the N SRS resource sets correspond to the N antenna panels one-to-one, and the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
第五方面，提供了一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令，所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In a fifth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented.
第六方面，提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现如第一方面所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the processor. The processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. .
第七方面，提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品，所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中，所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In a seventh aspect, a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the method described in the first aspect. Method steps.
第八方面，提供了一种通信设备，包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor. When the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the first The steps of the method described in this aspect.
在本申请实施例中，终端通过N个天线面板同时传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案， 或者，空分复用SDM方案。这样，终端能够采用至少两个天线面板实现对目标PUSCH的同时发送，能够提高目标PUSCH的传输效率。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal simultaneously transmits the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N Each antenna panel corresponds one to one. The target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, Or, space division multiplexing SDM scheme. In this way, the terminal can use at least two antenna panels to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH, which can improve the transmission efficiency of the target PUSCH.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本申请能够应用的一种通信***的示意图；Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system to which this application can be applied;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种PUSCH同时发送的方法的流程图；Figure 2 is a flow chart of a method for simultaneous PUSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种PUSCH同时发送的装置的结构示意图；Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图；Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图。Figure 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art fall within the scope of protection of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象，而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换，以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施，且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类，并不限定对象的个数，例如第一对象可以是一个，也可以是多个。此外，说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一，字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second", etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and "second" are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, the first object can be one or multiple. In addition, "and/or" in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship.
值得指出的是，本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution，LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced，LTE-A)***，还可用于其他无线通信***，诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access，TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access，FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access，OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access，SC-FDMA)和其他***。本申请实施例中的术语“系 统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用，所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的***和无线电技术，也可用于其他***和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio，NR)***，并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语，但是这些技术也可应用于NR***应用以外的应用，如第6代(6th Generation，6G)通信***。It is worth pointing out that the technology described in the embodiments of this application is not limited to Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE Evolution (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) systems, and can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as code Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) and other systems. The term "system" in the embodiments of this application "System" and "network" are often used interchangeably, and the techniques described can be used with the systems and radio technologies mentioned above as well as with other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes the new air interface ( New Radio (NR) systems, and the NR terminology is used in most of the following descriptions, but these technologies can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th Generation (6G) communication systems.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信***的框图。无线通信***包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中，终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer，TPC)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer，LC)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(Ultra-mobile Personal Computer，UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device，MID)、增强现实(Augmented Reality，AR)/虚拟现实(Virtual Reality，VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)、车载设备(Vehicle User Equipment，VUE)、行人终端(Pedestrian User Equipment，PUE)、智能家居(具有无线通信功能的家居设备，如冰箱、电视、洗衣机或者家具等)、游戏机、个人计算机(Personal Computer，PC)、柜员机或者自助机等终端侧设备，可穿戴式设备包括：智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装等。需要说明的是，在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以包括接入网设备或核心网设备，其中，接入网设备也可以称为无线接入网设备、无线接入网(Radio Access Network，RAN)、无线接入网功能或无线接入网单元。接入网设备可以包括基站、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network，WLAN)接入点或无线保真(Wireless Fidelity，WiFi)节点等，基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B(eNB)、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set，BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set，ESS)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、发送接收点(Transmitting Receiving Point，TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语，只要达到相同的技术效果，所述基站不限于特定技术词汇，需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中仅以NR***中的基站为例进行介绍，并不限定基站 的具体类型。Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12. The terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer, TPC), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer, LC), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a palmtop computer, a netbook, Ultra-mobile Personal Computer (UMPC), Mobile Internet Device (MID), Augmented Reality (AR)/Virtual Reality (VR) equipment, robots, wearable devices (Wearable Device), vehicle user equipment (VUE), pedestrian terminal (Pedestrian User Equipment, PUE), smart home (home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.), game consoles, Terminal devices such as personal computers (PCs), teller machines or self-service machines, wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart bracelets, etc.) Necklaces, smart anklets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc. It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific type of the terminal 11. The network side device 12 may include an access network device or a core network device, where the access network device may also be called a radio access network device, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), a radio access network function or a wireless device. access network unit. Access network equipment may include a base station, a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) access point or a Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) node, etc. The base station may be called a Node B, an Evolved Node B (eNB), or an access point. Entry point, Base Transceiver Station (BTS), radio base station, radio transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home B-node, home evolution Type B node, Transmitting Receiving Point (TRP) or some other suitable terminology in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in this application, In the embodiment, only the base station in the NR system is used as an example for introduction, and the base station is not limited. specific type.
第一方面，在相关技术中，支持两个天线面板同时接收PDSCH，该同时接收物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel，PDSCH)的接收方案包括：空分复用(Space Division Multiplexing，SDM)、频分复用(Frequency Division Multiplexing，FDM)(包括FDM-A和FDM-B)，以及针对高铁场景提出的单频网络(Single Frequency Network，SFN)。First, in related technologies, two antenna panels are supported to receive PDSCH at the same time. The receiving solutions for receiving the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) at the same time include: Space Division Multiplexing (SDM), Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) (including FDM-A and FDM-B), and the Single Frequency Network (SFN) proposed for high-speed rail scenarios.
一、对于SDM1. For SDM
在高层信令没有配置SFN方案的情况下，如果下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)格式(format)为1-1或者1-2的DCI信令中携带两个传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indicator，TCI)状态(states)，并且解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal，DMRS)端口(ports)指示包含了两个码分复用(Code Division Multiplexing，CDM)组，则终端认为采用SDM传输方案同时接收PDSCH。这种方案下，PDSCH占用一个传输块(Transport Block，TB)(其也可以称之为“传输数据块”)，且是一个冗余版本(Redundant version，RV)的信道编码版本。其中，TB块的大小计算是基于来自两个发送接收节点(Transmission Reception Point，TRP)的所有传输层(layers)获得，且不同TRP的DMRS ports采用不同的CDM组。When the high-level signaling does not configure the SFN solution, if the downlink control information (DCI) format is 1-1 or 1-2, the DCI signaling carries two transmission configuration indicators (Transmission Configuration Indicator). , TCI) states, and the demodulation reference signal (Demodulation Reference Signal, DMRS) port indication contains two code division multiplexing (Code Division Multiplexing, CDM) groups, then the terminal considers that the SDM transmission scheme is used at the same time Receive PDSCH. Under this scheme, PDSCH occupies a Transport Block (TB) (which can also be called a "Transport Data Block"), and is a redundant version (Redundant version, RV) channel coding version. Among them, the calculation of the TB block size is based on all transmission layers (layers) from the two sending and receiving nodes (Transmission Reception Point, TRP), and the DMRS ports of different TRPs use different CDM groups.
二、对于FDM-A2. For FDM-A
当高层信令配置了FDM-A方案的情况下，如果DCI format 1-1或者1-2的DCI信令中携带两个TCI states，并且DMRS ports指示包含了1个CDM组，则终端认为采用FDM-A传输方案同时接收PDSCH。其中，当预编码粒度：预编码资源块组(Precoding Resource Block Group，PRG)配置信息是宽带(wideband)，则DCI中携带的频域信息指示频域资源分配(Frequency Domain Resource Allocation，FDRA)中指示的频域资源分成两部分，第一部分关联第一个TCI state，且来自TRP1；第二部分关联第二个TCI state，且来自TRP2。When the FDM-A solution is configured for high-level signaling, if the DCI signaling of DCI format 1-1 or 1-2 carries two TCI states, and the DMRS ports indication contains 1 CDM group, the terminal considers it to be adopted The FDM-A transmission scheme receives PDSCH simultaneously. Among them, when the precoding granularity: Precoding Resource Block Group (PRG) configuration information is wideband, the frequency domain information carried in the DCI indicates the frequency domain resource allocation (Frequency Domain Resource Allocation, FDRA). The indicated frequency domain resource is divided into two parts. The first part is associated with the first TCI state and comes from TRP1; the second part is associated with the second TCI state and comes from TRP2.
PDSCH占用1个TB，TB块大小计算基于整个FDRA指示的频域资源。信道编码RV配置1个，编码后的bit信息分成两部分，并分别映射到不同的TRP上。 PDSCH occupies 1 TB, and the TB block size calculation is based on the frequency domain resources indicated by the entire FDRA. One channel coding RV is configured, and the coded bit information is divided into two parts and mapped to different TRPs respectively.
三、对于FDM-B3. For FDM-B
FDM-B与FDM-A的方案基本相同，不同之处在于：在FDM-B中，两个相同的TB块基于配置的两个RV冗余版本分别做速率匹配(即采用两个RV冗余版本对相同的TB做两次速率匹配)，然后分别映射到不同的TRP上。The solutions of FDM-B and FDM-A are basically the same. The difference is that in FDM-B, two identical TB blocks are rate matched based on the two configured RV redundant versions (that is, two RV redundant versions are used). The version performs rate matching on the same TB twice), and then maps them to different TRPs respectively.
四、对于SFN4. For SFN
一个TB块做一次信道编码和速率匹配，然后分别复制到两个TRP上。两个TRP发送相同的PDSCH(包括DMRS)信号，每层数据流同时关联两个不同的TCI states。其中，DMRS Ports指示可以在相同或者不同的CDM组内。One TB block performs channel coding and rate matching once, and then copies it to two TRPs respectively. The two TRPs send the same PDSCH (including DMRS) signal, and each layer of data flow is associated with two different TCI states at the same time. Among them, the DMRS Ports indication can be in the same or different CDM group.
第二方面，在相关技术中，支持上行PUSCH在两个天线面板(panel)之间轮流切换发送，具体的，高层为终端配置两个探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，SRS)资源集合，每个SRS资源集合可以看做是关联一个天线面板(panel)。当PUSCH工作在码本(codebook)模式下，DCI format 0-1 or 0-2的DCI信令中会携带两个发射预编码矩阵指示(Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator，TPMI)域，并且传输数据流的信息在第一个TPMI域上。当PUSCH工作在非码本(non-codebook)模式下，DCI format 0-1 or 0-2的DCI信令中会携带两个SRS资源指示(SRS Resource Indicator，SRI)域，并且传输数据流的信息在第一个SRI域上。Secondly, in related technologies, uplink PUSCH is supported to be switched and transmitted between two antenna panels (panel) in turn. Specifically, the upper layer configures two sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) resource sets for the terminal. Each The SRS resource set can be regarded as associated with an antenna panel. When PUSCH works in codebook mode, the DCI signaling of DCI format 0-1 or 0-2 will carry two Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator (TPMI) fields, and transmit the data stream The information is on the first TPMI field. When PUSCH works in non-codebook mode, the DCI signaling of DCI format 0-1 or 0-2 will carry two SRS Resource Indicator (SRI) fields, and the transmission data stream The information is on the first SRI field.
而本申请实施例是提出上行PUSCH在multi-panel下同时发送的方案，以及提出该方案下相关的SRS资源集合信令如何配置，TPMI/RI域以及SRI域如何指示，DMRS导频和相位跟踪参考信号(Phase Tracking Reference Signals，PTRS)导频的相关影响，以及不同发送方案下频域资源分配的一些调度限制行为等。The embodiment of this application proposes a solution for transmitting uplink PUSCH simultaneously under multi-panel, and proposes how to configure related SRS resource set signaling under this solution, how to indicate the TPMI/RI domain and SRI domain, DMRS pilot and phase tracking Related impacts of reference signal (Phase Tracking Reference Signals, PTRS) pilots, and some scheduling restrictions on frequency domain resource allocation under different transmission schemes.
下面结合附图，通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的PUSCH同时发送的方法、PUSCH同时发送的装置以及终端等进行详细地说明。The method for simultaneous PUSCH transmission, the device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission, and the terminal provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings through some embodiments and application scenarios.
请参阅图2，本申请实施例提供的一种PUSCH同时发送的方法，其执行主体可以是终端，该终端可以是如图1所示实施例中列举的终端类型中的任意种，或者，其还可以是除了图1所示实施例中列举的终端类型之外的其他 终端，在此不作具体限定。Referring to Figure 2, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for simultaneous PUSCH transmission. The execution subject may be a terminal. The terminal may be any of the terminal types listed in the embodiment as shown in Figure 1, or it may It can also be other terminal types besides those listed in the embodiment shown in Figure 1 Terminal is not specifically limited here.
如图2所示，该PUSCH同时发送的方法可以包括以下步骤：As shown in Figure 2, the method of simultaneous PUSCH transmission may include the following steps:
步骤201、终端通过N个天线面板同时(simultaneously)传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案，或者，空分复用SDM方案。Step 201: The terminal transmits the target PUSCH simultaneously through N antenna panels, where the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N The antenna panels correspond one to one, and the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
在实施中，上述N可以等于2或者2以上的任一整数，为了便于说明，以下实施例中以N等于2为例进行举例说明，在此不构成具体限定。In implementation, the above-mentioned N may be equal to 2 or any integer above 2. For convenience of explanation, in the following embodiments, N equals 2 is used as an example for illustration, and no specific limitation is constituted here.
在实际应用中，终端可以基于目标PUSCH关联的N个SRS资源集合，对目标PUSCH进行同时发送，且具体是采用FDM传输方案、SFN传输方案或SDM方案，则可以根据终端的能力决定或者由网络侧设备指示。In practical applications, the terminal can simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH based on the N SRS resource sets associated with the target PUSCH, and whether to use the FDM transmission scheme, SFN transmission scheme or SDM scheme can be determined according to the terminal's capabilities or by the network. Side device instructions.
上述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，可以是：每一个SRS资源集合可以包括一个或者多个SRS资源，该一个SRS资源集合内的全部SRS资源都使用该SRS资源集合对应的一个天线面板的波束，例如：在一个SRS资源集合包括多个SRS资源的情况下，该多个SRS资源可以使用不同的波束，且这些不同的波束都属于该SRS资源集合对应的一个天线面板。The above-mentioned N SRS resource sets correspond to the N antenna panels one-to-one, which may be: each SRS resource set may include one or more SRS resources, and all SRS resources in the one SRS resource set use this SRS resource set. Corresponding beam of an antenna panel. For example: when an SRS resource set includes multiple SRS resources, the multiple SRS resources can use different beams, and these different beams belong to an antenna corresponding to the SRS resource set. panel.
作为一种可选地实施方式，所述PUSCH同时发送的方法还包括：As an optional implementation manner, the method of transmitting PUSCH simultaneously also includes:
所述终端向网络侧设备发送能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括所述终端支持的PUSCH传输方案；The terminal sends capability information to the network side device, where the capability information includes the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal;
所述终端根据来自所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，其中，所述终端支持的PUSCH传输方案包括所述目标传输方案。The terminal determines the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information from the network side device, wherein the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal includes the target transmission scheme.
在实施中，终端可能支持FDM传输方案、SFN传输方案和SDM方案中的一种或者多种，本实施方式中，终端可以将自身支持的传输方案或该传输方案的标识信息上报给网络侧设备，以使网络侧设备从终端支持的传输方案中选择一种作为目标PUSCH的目标传输方案，并将选择出的目标传输方案或该目标传输方案的标识信息下发给终端，以使终端和网络侧设备对目标PUSCH的采用的传输方案达成一致。 In implementation, the terminal may support one or more of the FDM transmission scheme, SFN transmission scheme and SDM scheme. In this implementation, the terminal may report the transmission scheme it supports or the identification information of the transmission scheme to the network side device. , so that the network side device selects a target transmission scheme as the target PUSCH from the transmission schemes supported by the terminal, and delivers the selected target transmission scheme or the identification information of the target transmission scheme to the terminal, so that the terminal and the network The side equipment agrees on the transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH.
在实施中，上述第一指示信息可以是携带于由网络侧设备发送给终端的任意消息或信令中，可选地，上述第一指示信息可以复用现有的由网络侧设备发送给终端的消息或信令中，例如：在所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端采用PDSCH同时接收方案的情况下，所述终端根据来自所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，包括：In implementation, the above-mentioned first indication information may be carried in any message or signaling sent by the network side device to the terminal. Optionally, the above-mentioned first indication information may reuse an existing message or signaling sent by the network side device to the terminal. In the message or signaling, for example: when the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal to adopt the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme, the terminal determines the target according to the first indication information from the network side device. Transmission options, including:
所述终端确定所述目标传输方案与所述PDSCH同时接收方案对应的发送方案相同。The terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is the same as the transmission scheme corresponding to the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme.
这样，终端仅需接收来自网络侧设备的一条第一指示信息，便可以同时确定PDSCH的同时接收方案和目标PUSCH的同时发送方案，从而能够节约信令开销。In this way, the terminal only needs to receive one piece of first indication information from the network side device to simultaneously determine the simultaneous reception scheme of PDSCH and the simultaneous transmission scheme of the target PUSCH, thereby saving signaling overhead.
可选地，在所述第一指示信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI信令中携带的解调参考信号DMRS码分复用CDM组的数，所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH，或者，所述第一指示信息包括为所述目标PUSCH配置的TB的个数的情况下，所述终端根据来自所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，包括如下至少一项：Optionally, the first indication information includes the number of demodulation reference signal DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups carried in first downlink control information DCI signaling, which is used to schedule the Target PUSCH, or when the first indication information includes the number of TBs configured for the target PUSCH, the terminal determines the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information from the network side device, including At least one of the following:
在所述目标PUSCH占用的DMRS CDM组数或配置的TB个数大于1的情况下，所述终端确定所述目标传输方案为SDM传输方案；When the number of DMRS CDM groups occupied by the target PUSCH or the number of configured TBs is greater than 1, the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is an SDM transmission scheme;
在所述目标PUSCH占用的DMRS CDM组数或配置的TB个数等于1的情况下，所述终端确定所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案或SFN传输方案。When the number of DMRS CDM groups occupied by the target PUSCH or the number of configured TBs is equal to 1, the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme or an SFN transmission scheme.
本实施方式中，终端可以根据调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中动态指示的所述目标PUSCH占用的DMRS CDM组的数量或者根据高层为所述目标PUSCH配置的TB的个数，判断所述目标PUSCH传输方案是SDM或者非SDM传输方案。In this embodiment, the terminal can determine based on the number of DMRS CDM groups occupied by the target PUSCH dynamically indicated in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH or according to the number of TBs configured by the higher layer for the target PUSCH. The target PUSCH transmission scheme is an SDM or non-SDM transmission scheme.
可选地，所述目标PUSCH的时隙间重复发送次数或时间维度名义(其也可以称之为：名义维度(nominal scale))上的重复发送次数等于1。Optionally, the number of repeated transmissions between time slots or the number of repeated transmissions in the nominal time dimension (which can also be called: nominal scale) of the target PUSCH is equal to 1.
在实施例中，当DCI format 0-1或者0-2中的时域资源分配指示域(Time Domain Resource Allocation，TDRA)中指示时隙间重复发送次数(当PUSCH映射类型(mapping type)被网络信令配置为‘TypeA’时)或者时间维度名 义重复次数(当PUSCH mapping type被网络信令配置为‘TypeB’时)等于1，则终端选择其中一种所述目标传输方案发送PUSCH；当TDRA指示重复次数大于1，则终端执行Rel-17支持的时分PUSCH重复发送。In the embodiment, when the time domain resource allocation indication field (Time Domain Resource Allocation, TDRA) in DCI format 0-1 or 0-2 indicates the number of repeated transmissions between timeslots (when the PUSCH mapping type (mapping type) is determined by the network When the signaling configuration is 'TypeA') or the time dimension name If the number of repetitions (when the PUSCH mapping type is configured as 'TypeB' by network signaling) is equal to 1, the terminal selects one of the target transmission schemes to send PUSCH; when the TDRA indicates that the number of repetitions is greater than 1, the terminal executes Rel-17 Supported time-division PUSCH repeated transmission.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在调度PDSCH的第二DCI信令中指示N个传输配置指示TCI状态，或者，所述第二DCI信令中指示N个TCI状态组的情况下，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个TCI状态或N个TCI状态组一一对应。As an optional implementation manner, in the second DCI signaling that schedules PDSCH, N transmission configurations are indicated to indicate TCI states, or when N TCI state groups are indicated in the second DCI signaling, the N SRS resource sets correspond one-to-one to the N TCI states or N TCI state groups.
在实施中，SRS资源集合中的一个或者多个SRS资源的空间关系与对应的TCI状态或TCI状态组关联。以N等于2为例，第一个所述SRS资源集合中一个或者多个SRS资源的空间关系可以与第二DCI信令中指示的第一TCI state或者第一TCI state组关联；第二个所述SRS资源集合中一个或者多个SRS资源的空间关系可以与第二DCI信令中指示的第二TCI state或者第二TCI state组关联。In an implementation, the spatial relationship of one or more SRS resources in the SRS resource set is associated with the corresponding TCI state or TCI state group. Taking N equal to 2 as an example, the spatial relationship of one or more SRS resources in the first SRS resource set can be associated with the first TCI state or the first TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling; the second The spatial relationship of one or more SRS resources in the SRS resource set may be associated with the second TCI state or the second TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling.
这样，可以根据SRS资源集合与TCI状态或TCI状态组之间的对应关系，确定该SRS资源集合中的SRS资源的空间关系。In this way, the spatial relationship of the SRS resources in the SRS resource set can be determined based on the correspondence between the SRS resource set and the TCI state or TCI state group.
在一种可选地实施方式中，在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，若所述N个SRS资源集合中的目标SRS资源集合包括M个SRS资源，且所述M个SRS资源的空间关系都与所述第二DCI信令中指示的一个TCI状态关联，则调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中携带的SRS资源索引指示域的大小与M的取值相关，M为大于或等于1的整数。In an optional implementation, when the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode, if the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the M The spatial relationships of SRS resources are all associated with a TCI state indicated in the second DCI signaling, then the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to the value of M , M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在实施中，上述调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中携带的SRS资源索引指示域的大小与M的取值相关，可以是M的取值越大，则SRS资源索引指示域越大，以使SRS资源索引指示域能够指示M个SRS资源的索引，例如：假设SRS资源索引指示域的大小为X比特，则其中，表示对A上取整。这样，可以通过第一DCI信令中的SRS资源索引指示域来指示M个SRS资源的空间关系都与所述第二DCI信令中指示的一个TCI状态关联。In implementation, the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to the value of M. The larger the value of M, the larger the SRS resource index indication field. , so that the SRS resource index indication field can indicate the index of M SRS resources. For example: assuming that the size of the SRS resource index indication field is X bits, then in, Indicates rounding A up. In this way, the SRS resource index indication field in the first DCI signaling can be used to indicate that the spatial relationships of the M SRS resources are all associated with one TCI state indicated in the second DCI signaling.
进一步地，在M大于1的情况下，所述目标SRS资源集合中的每个SRS资源对应的端口数不同。这样，对应用于同一个TCI state的多个SRS资源可 以使用不同的端口数进行传输，从而能够在全功率发送模式(full-power mode)和非全功率发送模式之间动态切换。Further, when M is greater than 1, the number of ports corresponding to each SRS resource in the target SRS resource set is different. In this way, multiple SRS resources corresponding to the same TCI state can Different port numbers are used for transmission, allowing dynamic switching between full-power mode and non-full-power mode.
在另一种可选地实施方式中，在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，若所述N个SRS资源集合中的目标SRS资源集合包括M个SRS资源，且所述M个SRS资源的空间关系都与所述第二DCI信令中指示的一个目标TCI状态组中的一个TCI状态关联，则调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中携带的SRS资源索引指示域的大小与M’相关，其中，M’表示所述M个SRS资源对应的M个SRS端口中互不相同的SRS端口的数量，且M’为大于或等于1且小于或等于M的整数。In another optional implementation, when the target PUSCH adopts a codebook transmission mode, if the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the M The spatial relationship of each SRS resource is associated with a TCI state in a target TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling, then the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling of the target PUSCH is scheduled. The size of is related to M', where M' represents the number of mutually different SRS ports among the M SRS ports corresponding to the M SRS resources, and M' is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M.
在实施中，上述目标SRS资源集合中的M个SRS资源对应有M个SRS端口，该M个SRS端口中可能包括相同的SRS端口，此时，M’可以等于M个SRS端口中互不相同的SRS端口的种类数，例如：假设M等于4，这4个SRS资源对应的SRS端口分别为：4,4,2,1，则M’等于3。In implementation, the M SRS resources in the above target SRS resource set correspond to M SRS ports, and the M SRS ports may include the same SRS port. In this case, M' may be equal to the M SRS ports that are different from each other. The number of types of SRS ports. For example, assuming M is equal to 4, the SRS ports corresponding to these four SRS resources are: 4, 4, 2, and 1 respectively, then M' is equal to 3.
上述调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中携带的SRS资源索引指示域的大小与M’相关，可以是M’的取值越大，则SRS资源索引指示域越大，以使SRS资源索引指示域能够指示M’个分别具有不同SRS端口的SRS资源的索引，例如：假设SRS资源索引指示域的大小为X比特，则这样，可以通过第一DCI信令中的SRS资源索引指示域来指示对应其中一种SRS端口的SRS resource。The size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to M'. The larger the value of M', the larger the SRS resource index indication field, so that the SRS resource The index indication field can indicate the index of M' SRS resources respectively having different SRS ports. For example: assuming that the size of the SRS resource index indication field is X bits, then In this way, the SRS resource corresponding to one of the SRS ports can be indicated through the SRS resource index indication field in the first DCI signaling.
可选地，在所述M个SRS资源中对应目标SRS端口的SRS资源数量为L个的情况下，所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系分别与所述目标TCI状态组中的前L个TCI状态一一对应关联，L为大于0的整数。Optionally, in the case where the number of SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port among the M SRS resources is L, the spatial relationship between the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the target TCI status group are respectively The first L TCI states are associated in one-to-one correspondence, and L is an integer greater than 0.
在实施中，上述目标SRS端口可以是M个SRS资源对应的任一个SRS端口，目标TCI状态组可以包括K个TCI states，其中，K可以是大于或者等于L的整数，其中，在K等于L的情况下，可以根据目标TCI状态组中的全部TCI状态来确定该L个TCI状态关联的且与某一个SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系；在K大于L的情况下，从目标TCI状态组中选择前L个TCI状态，并据此可以确定该L个TCI状态关联的且与某一个SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系。 In implementation, the above target SRS port may be any SRS port corresponding to M SRS resources, and the target TCI state group may include K TCI states, where K may be an integer greater than or equal to L, where K equals L In the case of The first L TCI states are selected from the TCI state group, and based on this, the spatial relationship of the L SRS resources associated with the L TCI states and corresponding to a certain SRS port can be determined.
可选地，所述PUSCH同时发送的方法还包括：Optionally, the method of transmitting PUSCH simultaneously also includes:
所述终端根据第一关联关系，确定所述目标PUSCH传输关联的一个SRS资源包括：所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源中的，且与所述第二DCI信令中指示的TCI状态关联的一个SRS资源；The terminal determines, according to the first association relationship, that one SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission includes: one of the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port, and is consistent with the TCI status indicated in the second DCI signaling. An associated SRS resource;
其中，所述第一关联关系包括所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系与所述L个TCI状态之间的关联关系。Wherein, the first association relationship includes an association relationship between the spatial relationship of L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the L TCI states.
其中，上述第一关联关系，具体指：所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系分别与所述目标TCI状态组中的前L个TCI状态一一对应关联的关联关系。The above-mentioned first association relationship specifically refers to an association relationship in which the spatial relationships of the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port are respectively associated with the first L TCI states in the target TCI state group in a one-to-one correspondence.
例如：假设N等于4，其中2个SRS资源使用SRS端口A，另外2个SRS资源使用SRS端口B，若SRS端口A对应两个公共波束(unified beam)资源，则根据下行DCI中指示的一个TCI state可以确定两个公共波束资源中的一个作为目标PUSCH传输关联的一个SRS资源。即不同SRS端口可以分组去和unified beam关联，并进一步通过下行DCI中指示的一TCI state来确定将一个unified beam作为目标PUSCH传输关联的一个SRS资源。For example: Suppose N is equal to 4, two of the SRS resources use SRS port A, and the other two SRS resources use SRS port B. If SRS port A corresponds to two common beam (unified beam) resources, according to one indicated in the downlink DCI TCI state can determine one of the two common beam resources as an SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission. That is, different SRS ports can be grouped to associate with unified beams, and further determine a unified beam as an SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission through a TCI state indicated in the downlink DCI.
本实施方式中，在至少两个SRS资源对应某一个SRS端口的情况下，可以联合第二DCI信令中指示的TCI状态所关联的SRS资源来从对应某一个SRS端口的SRS资源中确定所述目标PUSCH传输关联的一个SRS资源。In this embodiment, when at least two SRS resources correspond to a certain SRS port, the SRS resources associated with the TCI status indicated in the second DCI signaling can be combined to determine the SRS resources corresponding to a certain SRS port. An SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在N等于2的情况下，调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令携带第一指示域和第二指示域；As an optional implementation manner, when N is equal to 2, the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH carries the first indication field and the second indication field;
在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，所述第一指示域包括第一个SRS资源集合对应的发射预编码矩阵指示TPMI与秩指示(Rank Indicator，RI)的联合指示域，所述第二指示域包括第二个SRS资源集合对应的TPMI指示域或TPMI与RI的联合指示域，所述N个SRS资源集合包括所述第一个SRS资源集合和所述第二个SRS资源集合；When the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode, the first indication field includes a joint indication field of the transmit precoding matrix indicator TPMI and the rank indicator (Rank Indicator, RI) corresponding to the first SRS resource set, The second indication field includes a TPMI indication field corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication field of TPMI and RI, and the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource collection;
在所述目标PUSCH采用非码本的传输模式的情况下，所述第一指示域包括所述所述第一个SRS资源集合对应的SRS资源指示SRI与RI的联合指示域，所述第二指示域包括所述第二个SRS资源集合对应的SRI指示域或SRI与RI的联合指示域。 When the target PUSCH adopts a non-codebook transmission mode, the first indication field includes a joint indication field of SRS resource indication SRI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set, and the second indication field The indication field includes an SRI indication field corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication field of SRI and RI.
本实施方式中，在第一DCI信令中划分两个不同的指示域来分别指示第一个SRS资源集合和第二个SRS资源集合在码本传输模式下的TPMI和RI，或者，在第一DCI信令中划分两个不同的指示域来分别指示第一个SRS资源集合和第二个SRS资源集合在非码本传输模式下的SRI和RI。值得注意的是，在实施中可以仅指示第一个SRS资源集合的RI，而不指示第二个SRS资源集合的RI，而第二个SRS资源集合的RI可以基于预设规则来根据第一个SRS资源集合的RI确定。例如：所述第一个指示域包含与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息；In this embodiment, two different indication fields are divided in the first DCI signaling to respectively indicate the TPMI and RI of the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set in the codebook transmission mode, or, in the third Two different indication fields are divided into one DCI signaling to respectively indicate the SRI and RI of the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set in the non-codebook transmission mode. It is worth noting that in an implementation, only the RI of the first SRS resource set may be indicated, but not the RI of the second SRS resource set, and the RI of the second SRS resource set may be determined based on the first set of rules based on preset rules. The RI of each SRS resource set is determined. For example: the first indication field contains the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set;
其中，与所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层(layers)数据流数或者RI信息与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息相同。Wherein, the number of layers data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is the same as the number of layers data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set. .
这样，在码本传输模式下，可以在第一指示域中指示第一个SRS资源集合对应的TPMI与RI的联合指示域，而在第二指示域中仅指示第二个SRS资源集合对应的TPMI，且确定第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息相同；在非码本传输模式下，可以在第一指示域中指示第一个SRS资源集合对应的SRS资源指示SRI与RI的联合指示域，而在第二指示域中仅指示第二个SRS资源集合对应的SRI，且确定第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息相同，这样，可以减少第二指示域的占用比特。In this way, in the codebook transmission mode, the joint indication field of TPMI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set can be indicated in the first indication field, while only the TPMI and RI corresponding to the second SRS resource set are indicated in the second indication field. TPMI, and determine that the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is the same as the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set; in non-code In this transmission mode, the joint indication field of SRS resource indication SRI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set can be indicated in the first indication field, while only the SRI corresponding to the second SRS resource set is indicated in the second indication field. , and it is determined that the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is the same as the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set. In this way, it can be reduced The occupied bits of the second indication field.
当然，第一指示域和第二指示域都可以指示TPMI与RI的联合指示域，或者SRI与RI的联合指示域，在此不作具体限定。Of course, both the first indication field and the second indication field may indicate a joint indication field of TPMI and RI, or a joint indication field of SRI and RI, which is not specifically limited here.
作为一种可选地实施方式，所述PUSCH同时发送的方法还包括：As an optional implementation manner, the method of transmitting PUSCH simultaneously also includes:
所述终端接收第一配置信息；The terminal receives first configuration information;
其中，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一秩最大值和第二秩最大值，所述第一秩最大值为所述第一指示域支持的最大秩的值，所述第二秩最大值为所述第二指示域支持的最大秩的值；或者，Wherein, the first configuration information is used to configure a first rank maximum value and a second rank maximum value, the first rank maximum value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain, and the second rank maximum value The value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain; or,
所述第一配置信息用于配置第三秩最大值，所述第三秩最大值为所述第 一指示域支持的最大秩的值。The first configuration information is used to configure a third rank maximum value, and the third rank maximum value is the A value indicating the maximum rank supported by the domain.
在实施中，上述第一配置信息可以是高层信令为所述目标PUSCH传输配置最大秩数的配置信息。In an implementation, the above-mentioned first configuration information may be configuration information in which higher layer signaling configures a maximum rank number for the target PUSCH transmission.
在一种可选地实施方式中，上述第一秩最大值为所述第一指示域支持的最大秩的值，可以理解为：假设第一秩最大值等于4，则第一指示域可以用于指示：1,2,3,4中的任一秩。同理，所述第二指示域指示的秩的值可以小于或者等于上述第二秩最大值。这样，通过两个秩最大值，分别指示第一指示域和第二指示域允许指示的最大秩数。In an optional implementation, the above-mentioned first rank maximum value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain, which can be understood as: assuming that the first rank maximum value is equal to 4, the first indication domain can be Indicates: any rank among 1,2,3,4. Similarly, the value of the rank indicated by the second indication field may be less than or equal to the above-mentioned second maximum value of rank. In this way, the two rank maximum values respectively indicate the maximum number of ranks allowed for indication in the first indication domain and the second indication domain.
在另一种可选地实施方式中，上述第一配置信息仅用于配置第一指示域支持的最大秩的值，而第二指示域支持的最大秩的值则可以采用预设规则来根据第一指示域支持的最大秩的值确定。In another optional implementation, the above-mentioned first configuration information is only used to configure the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain, while the value of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain can be determined according to preset rules. The value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain is determined.
例如：在所述第一配置信息用于配置所述第三秩最大值的情况下，所述第二指示域支持的最大秩的值R′可以包括以下任一项：For example: in the case where the first configuration information is used to configure the third maximum rank value, the value R′ of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain may include any of the following:
其中，Rmax表示所述第三秩最大值，表示对A向下取整； Among them, R max represents the third rank maximum value, Indicates rounding down A;
其中，表示对A向上取整； in, Indicates rounding up A;
R′＝Rmax。R′=R max .
这样，相较于分别指示第一指示域和第二指示域允许指示的最大秩数的实施方式而言，仅指示第一指示域的第三最大秩数，且根据该第三最大秩数，采用预设规则来计算得到第二指示域支持的最大秩数的实施方式，能够减少第一配置信息的信息量。在实施中，具体采用哪一种预设规则来确定第二指示域支持的最大秩数，可以在协议中约定或者预先配置，在此不作具体限定。In this way, compared with the embodiment in which the maximum rank number of allowed indications of the first indication domain and the second indication domain is respectively indicated, only the third maximum rank number of the first indication domain is indicated, and according to the third maximum rank number, The implementation of using preset rules to calculate the maximum rank number supported by the second indication domain can reduce the amount of information in the first configuration information. In implementation, which preset rule is specifically used to determine the maximum number of ranks supported by the second indication domain can be agreed in the protocol or pre-configured, and is not specifically limited here.
本实施方式中，在第一DCI信令中携带两个TPMI域或者SRI域时，支持关联不同SRI的rank分别指示或者共用。In this embodiment, when the first DCI signaling carries two TPMI domains or SRI domains, the ranks associated with different SRIs are supported to be separately indicated or shared.
作为一种可选地实施方式，所述第一DCI信令还包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示以下规则中的至少一项生效：As an optional implementation manner, the first DCI signaling also includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the following rules is effective:
所述第一指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联，且所述第二指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联； The first indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
所述第一指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联，且所述第二指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联。The first indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
在实施中，第二指示信息可以指示第一指示域和第二指示域分别与第一个SRS资源集合和第一个SRS资源集合之间的关联关系进行动态切换，在实施中，上述第二指示信息可以复用相关技术中用于指示beam切换的指示信息。例如：在相关技术中，假设第二指示信息为10时，指示第一个SRS资源集合与beam1对应，且第二个SRS资源集合与beam2对应；假设第二指示信息为11时，指示第二个SRS资源集合与beam1对应，且第一个SRS资源集合与beam2对应。在本申请实施例中，目标PUSCH在N个天线面板上同时发送时，第二指示信息为10和第二指示信息为11时的波束方案相同，本实施方式中，可以复用该第二指示信息来指示以上两种规则的切换。In an implementation, the second indication information may indicate dynamic switching of the association between the first indication domain and the second indication domain and the first SRS resource set and the first SRS resource set respectively. In the implementation, the above-mentioned second indication domain The indication information may reuse the indication information used to instruct beam switching in related technologies. For example: in the related technology, assuming that the second indication information is 10, it indicates that the first SRS resource set corresponds to beam1, and the second SRS resource set corresponds to beam2; assuming that the second indication information is 11, it indicates that the second The first SRS resource set corresponds to beam1, and the first SRS resource set corresponds to beam2. In the embodiment of this application, when the target PUSCH is transmitted simultaneously on N antenna panels, the beam scheme when the second indication information is 10 and the second indication information is 11 are the same. In this embodiment, the second indication can be multiplexed information to indicate the switching of the above two rules.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在N等于2，且所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案的情况下，第一物理资源块(Physical Resource Block，PRB)数与第二PRB数之和等于第一DCI信令中的频域资源分配FDRA域所指示的所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB数；As an optional implementation manner, when N is equal to 2 and the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme, the sum of the first physical resource block (Physical Resource Block, PRB) number and the second PRB number is equal to the th The number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH indicated by the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA field in DCI signaling;
其中，所述第一PRB数为所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源所占用的第一PRB的数量；Wherein, the first number of PRBs is the number of first PRBs occupied by PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
所述第二PRB数为所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源所占用的第二PRB的数量；The second number of PRBs is the number of second PRBs occupied by the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH。The first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH.
本实施方式中，在目标PUSCH关联2个SRS资源集合的情况下，这两个SRS资源集合分别占用各自的PRB，且两个SRS资源集合所占用的PRB数之和等于FDRA域所指示的所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB数。In this embodiment, when the target PUSCH is associated with two SRS resource sets, the two SRS resource sets occupy their own PRBs, and the sum of the number of PRBs occupied by the two SRS resource sets is equal to the number indicated by the FDRA domain. The number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH.
在实施中，若FDRA域所指示的所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB数NPRB不能被N整除，则可以采用以下方式确定第一PRB数和第二PRB数：In implementation, if the number N PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH indicated by the FDRA domain is not divisible by N, the first and second PRB numbers may be determined in the following manner:
方式一：所述第一PRB数等于所述第二PRB数等于 Method 1: The first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to
方式二：所述第一PRB数等于所述第二PRB数等于 Method 2: The first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to
在实施中，可以默认按照方式一和方式二中的任一种来确定第一PRB数和第二PRB数。In implementation, the first PRB number and the second PRB number may be determined by default in either manner 1 or 2.
进一步地，上述第一PRB的起始频域位置可以是FDRA域指示的目标PUSCH占用的频域资源上从低频数的第一个PRB位置，当频域跳频功能开启时，可以以跳频之前的低频位置作为第一PRB的起始频域位置。换而言之，第一PRB为所述目标PUSCH占用的频域资源中包括最低频率位置在内的一段连续的频域位置。Further, the starting frequency domain position of the above-mentioned first PRB may be the first PRB position from the lower frequency on the frequency domain resource occupied by the target PUSCH indicated by the FDRA domain. When the frequency domain frequency hopping function is turned on, it may be in frequency hopping mode. The previous low-frequency position is used as the starting frequency domain position of the first PRB. In other words, the first PRB is a continuous frequency domain position including the lowest frequency position in the frequency domain resource occupied by the target PUSCH.
与之相对应的，第二PRB的频域位置则可以是所述目标PUSCH占用的频域资源中除了第一PRB所在的频域位置之外的另一端连续的频域配置。这样，可以使第一PRB的频域资源连续，且第二PRB的频域资源连续。进一步地，在开启跳频模式时，跳频后的结果也可以使第一PRB占用频域上连续的PRB，且第二PRB占用频域上连续的PRB。但是，第一PRB和第二PRB之间可以频域上不连续。Correspondingly, the frequency domain position of the second PRB may be a continuous frequency domain configuration at the other end of the frequency domain resource occupied by the target PUSCH except the frequency domain position where the first PRB is located. In this way, the frequency domain resources of the first PRB can be made continuous, and the frequency domain resources of the second PRB can be made continuous. Furthermore, when the frequency hopping mode is turned on, the result after frequency hopping can also be that the first PRB occupies a continuous PRB in the frequency domain, and the second PRB occupies a continuous PRB in the frequency domain. However, the first PRB and the second PRB may be discontinuous in the frequency domain.
本实施方式中，当目标PUSCH配置为DFT波形时，考虑该目标PUSCH在FDM传输方案下对PRB的调度限制，以及考虑跳频开启时影响，能够支持跳频开启模式下，目标PUSCH在FDM传输方案下按照DFT波形传输。In this embodiment, when the target PUSCH is configured as a DFT waveform, considering the scheduling restrictions of the target PUSCH on the PRB under the FDM transmission scheme, and considering the impact when frequency hopping is turned on, it can support the target PUSCH in the FDM transmission mode in the frequency hopping turned on mode. Under the scheme, the data is transmitted according to the DFT waveform.
可选地，所述目标PUSCH的传输数据块TB大小基于以下参考PRB数中的任一项确定：Optionally, the transport data block TB size of the target PUSCH is determined based on any one of the following reference PRB numbers:
等于所述NPRB；equal to the N PRB ;
等于 equal
等于所述第一PRB数。equal to the first PRB number.
选项一，对于目标PUSCH的传输数据块TB大小参考NPRB来确定的情况，可以是基于参考PRB设置为NPRB，并将该参考PRB的值代入目标PUSCH的传输数据块TB大小的计算公式，以计算得到所述目标PUSCH的传输数据块TB大小，其与相关技术中，同时接收PDSCH的FDM-A方案相似，在此不再赘述。Option one, for the case where the transmission data block TB size of the target PUSCH is determined with reference to N PRB , it can be based on setting the reference PRB to N PRB and substituting the value of the reference PRB into the calculation formula of the transmission data block TB size of the target PUSCH. The transmission data block TB size of the target PUSCH is calculated, which is similar to the FDM-A scheme for simultaneously receiving PDSCH in related technologies, and will not be described again here.
选项二，对于目标PUSCH的传输数据块TB大小参考来确定的情况，与相关技术中，同时接收PDSCH的FDM-B方案相似，在此也不再赘 述。Option 2, reference for the transmission data block TB size of the target PUSCH The situation to be determined is similar to the FDM-B scheme for simultaneously receiving PDSCH in related technologies, and will not be repeated here. narrate.
选项三，对于目标PUSCH的传输数据块TB大小参考第一PRB来确定数的情况，第一PRB数可能等于也可能等于在第一PRB数可能等于时，选项三与选项二相同，在第一PRB等于时，仍然以第一PRB占用的PRB数为基准来确定目标PUSCH的传输数据块TB大小。Option three, for the case where the TB size of the target PUSCH transmission data block is determined by referring to the first PRB, the first PRB number may be equal to It may also be equal to The first PRB number may be equal to When , option three is the same as option two, and the first PRB is equal to , the transmission data block TB size of the target PUSCH is still determined based on the number of PRBs occupied by the first PRB.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在所述目标PUSCH的波形为基于离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用(Discrete Fourier Transformation Spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，DFT-s-OFDM)波形的情况下，所述第一PRB数和所述第二PRB数分别满足目标约束条件，其中，所述目标约束条件包括：等于2x*3y*5z，x、y和z分别为大于或者等于0的整数。As an optional implementation manner, when the waveform of the target PUSCH is a waveform based on Discrete Fourier Transformation Spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (DFT-s-OFDM) , the first PRB number and the second PRB number respectively satisfy the target constraint conditions, wherein the target constraint conditions include: equal to 2 x *3 y *5 z , x, y and z are respectively greater than or equal to 0 integer.
本实施方式中，通过使第一PRB数和所述第二PRB数分别满足目标约束条件，可以支持利用DFT分别对第一PRB和第二PRB进行与DFT-s-OFDM波形相关的傅里叶变换。In this embodiment, by making the first PRB number and the second PRB number respectively satisfy the target constraint conditions, it is possible to support using DFT to perform Fourier analysis on the first PRB and the second PRB related to the DFT-s-OFDM waveform. Transform.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下，所述方法还包括：As an optional implementation manner, when the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform, the method further includes:
所述终端生成与所述第一PRB数对应的第一ZC序列，以及生成与所述第二PRB数对应的第二ZC序列，所述第一ZC序列和所述第二ZC序列用于生成DMRS。The terminal generates a first ZC sequence corresponding to the first PRB number, and generates a second ZC sequence corresponding to the second PRB number, and the first ZC sequence and the second ZC sequence are used to generate DMRS.
本实施方式中，终端生成分别与第一PRB数和第二PRB数对应的两个ZC序列，其中，与第一PRB数对应的ZC序列用于所述第一PRB对应的DMRS，与第二PRB数对应的ZC序列用于所述第二PRB对应的DMRS。这样，可以使用两种DMRS来支持对第一PRB和第二PRB上传输的DFT-s-OFDM波形信号的解调。In this embodiment, the terminal generates two ZC sequences corresponding to the first PRB number and the second PRB number, wherein the ZC sequence corresponding to the first PRB number is used for the DMRS corresponding to the first PRB, and the ZC sequence corresponding to the second PRB number is used for the DMRS corresponding to the first PRB. The ZC sequence corresponding to the number of PRBs is used for the DMRS corresponding to the second PRB. In this way, two DMRSs can be used to support demodulation of the DFT-s-OFDM waveform signals transmitted on the first PRB and the second PRB.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案，且所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下，第一相位跟踪参考信号(Phase-Tracking Reference Signal，PTRS)与所述第一个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源关联，第二PTRS与所述第二个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源关联。 As an optional implementation manner, when the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme and the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform, the first phase-tracking reference signal (Phase-Tracking Reference Signal , PTRS) is associated with the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set, and the second PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set.
本实施方式中，PTRS与相互关联的SRS资源集合中的SRS资源可以采用相同的beam信息方送。In this embodiment, the PTRS and the SRS resources in the mutually related SRS resource set may be sent using the same beam information method.
可选地，所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第一PRB数相关；Optionally, the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the first PRB number;
所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第二PRB数相关。The number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the second PRB number.
在实施中，PTRS的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与PRB数相关，可以是：将PRB数划分为多个取值区间，每一个取值区间具有各自对应的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数，这样，根据PRB数便可以确定其所在的取值区间，并确定该取值区间对应的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数。In implementation, the number of PTRS groups and/or the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group is related to the number of PRBs, which can be: dividing the number of PRBs into multiple value intervals, and each value interval has its own corresponding PTRS. The number of groups and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group. In this way, the value interval in which it is located can be determined based on the number of PRBs, and the number of PTRS groups corresponding to the value interval and/or the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group can be determined. PTRS sample points number.
本实施方式中，能够根据第一PRB数确定第一SRS资源集合中的SRS资源关联的第一PTRS的PTRS组数和每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数，以及根据第二PRB数确定第二SRS资源集合中的SRS资源关联的第二PTRS的PTRS组数和每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数。In this embodiment, the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS associated with the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set and the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group can be determined based on the first PRB number, and the second PRB number can be determined based on the second PRB number. The number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS associated with the SRS resource in the SRS resource set and the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group.
进一步地，所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数与所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数相同，所述第一PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第二PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数相同；Further, the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS is the same as the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, and the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS is the same as that of each PTRS group of the second PTRS. The number of PTRS sample points within is the same;
所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数、所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数、所述第一PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数和所述第二PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第一PRB数和所述第二PRB数中的预设PRB数相关。The number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS, the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS, and the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group of the second PTRS. The number of points is related to a preset number of PRBs among the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs.
在实施中，上述预设PRB数可以是第一PRB数和第二PRB数中的任一个，例如：第一PRB数，或者，可以是根据第一PRB数和第二PRB数的取值确定的一个PRB数，例如：预设PRB数为第一PRB数和第二PRB数中取值最大的一个，或者预设PRB数为第一PRB数和第二PRB数中取值最小的一个，在此不作具体限定。In implementation, the above-mentioned preset PRB number may be any one of the first PRB number and the second PRB number, for example: the first PRB number, or may be determined based on the values of the first PRB number and the second PRB number. A PRB number, for example: the preset PRB number is the largest one between the first PRB number and the second PRB number, or the preset PRB number is the smallest one between the first PRB number and the second PRB number, There is no specific limitation here.
本实施方式中，所述第一PTRS和第二PTRS具有相同的PTRS组数，且每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数相同，这样，只需要按照第一PRB数或第 二PRB数来确定一个PTRS组数和每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数即可。In this embodiment, the first PTRS and the second PTRS have the same number of PTRS groups, and the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is the same. In this way, it only needs to be calculated according to the first PRB number or the first PRB number. Use the number of PRBs to determine the number of a PTRS group and the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在所述目标PUSCH包括第一PUSCH发送时机和第二PUSCH发送时机的情况下，所述第一PUSCH发送时机在所述第一PRB上发送，所述第二PUSCH发送时机在所述第二PRB上发送。As an optional implementation manner, when the target PUSCH includes a first PUSCH transmission opportunity and a second PUSCH transmission opportunity, the first PUSCH transmission opportunity is sent on the first PRB, and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity is The PUSCH sending opportunity is sent on the second PRB.
在实施中，上述所述目标PUSCH包括第一PUSCH发送时机和第二PUSCH发送时机，可以是目标PUSCH采用与相关技术中的PDSCH同时接收方案中的FDM-B传输方案相似的方案，将目标PUSCH上传输的数据复制为采用不同的RV冗余版本的两份，以分别在第一PUSCH发送时机和第二PUSCH发送时机发送至网络侧设备。In implementation, the above-mentioned target PUSCH includes a first PUSCH transmission opportunity and a second PUSCH transmission opportunity. The target PUSCH may adopt a scheme similar to the FDM-B transmission scheme in the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme in related technologies. The target PUSCH The data transmitted on the network is copied into two copies using different RV redundancy versions, so as to be sent to the network side device at the first PUSCH sending opportunity and the second PUSCH sending opportunity respectively.
本实施方式中，目标PUSCH包括的两个PUSCH发送时机可以各自占用不同的PRB。In this embodiment, the two PUSCH transmission opportunities included in the target PUSCH may each occupy different PRBs.
在一种可选地实施方式中，所述目标PUSCH发送的数据与信道状态信息(Channel State Information，CSI)报告信息采用以下方式中的至少一种进行复用传输：In an optional implementation, the data sent by the target PUSCH and the channel state information (Channel State Information, CSI) report information are multiplexed and transmitted in at least one of the following ways:
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小与所述第一PUSCH发送时机复用传输，且所述CSI报告信息还根据所述第二PRB的大小与所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the first PRB and the first PUSCH transmission opportunity, and the CSI report information is also multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the second PRB and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. transmission;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the size of the first PRB or the second PRB;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小中的最小值，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the minimum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小中的最大值，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the maximum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB的大小与所述目标PUSCH复用传输。The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the target PUSCH according to the size of the PRB occupied by the target PUSCH.
选项一：针对所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小与所述第一PUSCH发送时机复用传输，且所述CSI报告信息还根据所述第二PRB的大 小与所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输的情况，即相同的CSI报告信息，分别与第一PUSCH发送时机和第二PUSCH发送时机按照现有行为独立进行复用。其中，复用方式包括CSI的速率匹配行为和PUSCH速率匹配行为，其中，该CSI的速率匹配行为和PUSCH速率匹配行为分别与各自对应的PRB数有相关，以使CSI报告信息与PUSCH上承载的数据能够基于该PRB数按照一定的顺序和规则进行糅合。Option 1: The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the first PRB and the first PUSCH transmission timing, and the CSI report information is also transmitted according to the size of the second PRB. This is smaller than the case of multiplexing transmission at the second PUSCH transmission opportunity, that is, the same CSI report information is independently multiplexed with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity according to the existing behavior. The multiplexing method includes CSI rate matching behavior and PUSCH rate matching behavior. The CSI rate matching behavior and PUSCH rate matching behavior are respectively related to the corresponding number of PRBs, so that the CSI report information is consistent with the PUSCH rate matching behavior. The data can be combined according to a certain order and rules based on the PRB number.
选项二：针对所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输的情况，其与情况一的区别在于：按照第一PRB数和第二PRB数中的任一个对应的复用方式，将CSI报告信息分别与第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机上传输的数据糅合。Option 2: In the case where the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB, The difference from case 1 is that: according to the multiplexing mode corresponding to any one of the first PRB number and the second PRB number, the CSI report information is combined with the data transmitted on the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively. Blended.
选项三：针对所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小中的最小值，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输的情况，其与情况二的区别在于：按照第一PRB数和第二PRB数中的最小值对应的复用方式，将CSI报告信息分别与第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机上传输的数据糅合。Option three: The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the minimum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB. The difference between the situation and the second situation is that: according to the multiplexing method corresponding to the minimum value of the first PRB number and the second PRB number, the CSI report information is respectively associated with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. Blending of data transmitted on the system.
选项四：针对所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小中的最大值，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输的情况，其与情况二的区别在于：按照第一PRB数和第二PRB数中的最大值对应的复用方式，将CSI报告信息分别与第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机上传输的数据糅合。Option four: The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the maximum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB. The difference between the situation and the second situation is that: according to the multiplexing method corresponding to the maximum value of the first PRB number and the second PRB number, the CSI report information is respectively associated with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. Blending of data transmitted on the system.
选项五：针对所述CSI报告信息根据所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB的大小与所述目标PUSCH复用传输的情况，其与情况二的区别在于：按照第一PRB数与第二PRB数之和(即目标PUSCH占用的PRB总数NPRB)对应的复用方式，将目标PUSCH上传输的数据作为一个整体与CSI报告信息进行糅合。Option five: For the case where the CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the PRB occupied by the target PUSCH and the target PUSCH, the difference from case two is that: according to the sum of the first PRB number and the second PRB number (That is, the total number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH N PRB ) The corresponding multiplexing method combines the data transmitted on the target PUSCH as a whole with the CSI report information.
本实施方式中，CSI上报信息可以按照多种复用方式与所述目标PUSCH上传输的数据进行复用传输。In this embodiment, the CSI reporting information can be multiplexed and transmitted with the data transmitted on the target PUSCH in a variety of multiplexing modes.
在另一种可选地实施方式中，在第三DCI信令采用DCI格式2_4，且所 述第三DCI信令携带上行PUSCH取消发送的命令的情况下，所述方法还包括：In another optional implementation, the third DCI signaling adopts DCI format 2_4, and the In the case where the third DCI signaling carries a command to cancel uplink PUSCH transmission, the method further includes:
所述终端根据所述上行PUSCH取消发送的命令取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机中的至少一个的发送。The terminal cancels the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity according to the uplink PUSCH transmission cancellation command.
在实施中，上述DCI格式2_4的第三DCI信令用于指示终端取消未来某个时刻的PUSCH的发送。本实施方式中，终端可以基于接收到所述第三DCI信令而取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机中的至少一个的发送，且具体可以采用以下方式来确定取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机中的哪一个或者都取消：In implementation, the third DCI signaling of the above-mentioned DCI format 2_4 is used to instruct the terminal to cancel the transmission of PUSCH at a certain time in the future. In this embodiment, the terminal may cancel the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity based on receiving the third DCI signaling, and specifically the cancellation may be determined in the following manner. Which one or both of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity is cancelled:
可选地，所述终端取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机中的至少一个的发送，包括以下至少一项：Optionally, the terminal cancels the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity, including at least one of the following:
所述终端在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源与所述第一PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠，且与所述第二PRB的频域资源无重叠的情况下，取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机的发送；When the terminal determines that the frequency domain resource indicated in the third DCI signaling to cancel transmission at least partially overlaps with the frequency domain resource of the first PRB and does not overlap with the frequency domain resource of the second PRB. , cancel the transmission of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity;
所述终端在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源与所述第二PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠，且与所述第一PRB的频域资源无重叠的情况下，取消所述第二PUSCH发送时机的发送；When the terminal determines that the frequency domain resource indicated in the third DCI signaling to cancel transmission at least partially overlaps with the frequency domain resource of the second PRB and does not overlap with the frequency domain resource of the first PRB. , cancel the transmission of the second PUSCH transmission opportunity;
所述终端在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源分别与所述第一PRB的频域资源和所述第二PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠的情况下，取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机的发送。When the terminal determines that the frequency domain resources indicated in the third DCI signaling to cancel transmission at least partially overlap with the frequency domain resources of the first PRB and the frequency domain resources of the second PRB, the terminal cancels all the frequency domain resources. The first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity are transmitted.
本实施方式中，终端取消与第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源至少部分重叠的PRB对应的PUSCH发送时机的发送，从而实现了以天线面板为粒度的取消发送行为。In this embodiment, the terminal cancels the transmission of the PUSCH transmission timing corresponding to the PRB that at least partially overlaps the frequency domain resource indicating cancellation of transmission in the third DCI signaling, thereby realizing the cancellation of transmission behavior with the granularity of the antenna panel.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在N等于2的情况下，则所述方法还包括：As an optional implementation, when N is equal to 2, the method further includes:
所述终端获取第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息携带于第一DCI信令中，所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH，所述第三指示信息用于指示以下规则中的至少一项生效：The terminal obtains third indication information, the third indication information is carried in first DCI signaling, the first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH, and the third indication information is used to indicate the following rules At least one of the following is in effect:
与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用两个CDM组中的第一个CDM组的DMRS端口，与所述N个SRS 资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第二个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets uses the DMRS port of the first CDM group among the two CDM groups, and is different from the N SRS resource sets. The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set in the resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group among the two CDM groups;
与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第二个CDM组的DMRS端口，与所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第一个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use the two CDM groups. The DMRS port of the first CDM group among the CDM groups;
与所述第一个SRS资源集合或所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set use DMRS ports of the two CDM groups;
第一PTRS域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联，第二PTRS域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联；The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the second SRS among the N SRS resource sets. At least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the resource set is associated;
所述第一PTRS域与所述第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联，所述第二PTRS域与所述第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联。The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the second SRS resource set, and the second PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the first SRS resource set. DMRS port association.
在实施中，上述目标PUSCH的DMRS端口信息可以占用两个CDM组，即目标PUSCH可以采用SDM传输方案，当然，在实施中，目标PUSCH还可以采用其他方案，例如：SFN传输方案或FDM传输方案等，在此不作具体县的。In implementation, the DMRS port information of the above target PUSCH can occupy two CDM groups, that is, the target PUSCH can adopt the SDM transmission scheme. Of course, in the implementation, the target PUSCH can also adopt other schemes, such as: SFN transmission scheme or FDM transmission scheme. etc., I won’t mention specific counties here.
规则一：与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第一个CDM组的DMRS端口，与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第二个CDM组的DMRS端口，可以是：N个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源与N个CDM组的DMRS端口一一对应关联，这样，在通过第一天线面板和第二天线面板同时发送目标PUSCH时，每一个天线面板可以占用各自对应的SRS资源集合所关联的DMRS端口。Rule 1: The PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets uses the DMRS port of the first CDM group among the two CDM groups, and is different from the N SRS resource set. The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group among the two CDM groups, which may be: PUSCH transmission resources associated with N SRS resource sets and N CDM groups DMRS ports are associated in a one-to-one correspondence. In this way, when the target PUSCH is transmitted simultaneously through the first antenna panel and the second antenna panel, each antenna panel can occupy the DMRS port associated with its corresponding SRS resource set.
规则二：与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第二个CDM组的DMRS端口，与所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第一个CDM组的DMRS端口。其与规则一的不同之处在于：N个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH 传输资源与N个CDM组的DMRS端口之间的关联关系是可以切换的。Rule 2: The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use The DMRS port of the first CDM group among the two CDM groups. The difference from Rule 1 is that the PUSCH associated with N SRS resource sets The association between transmission resources and DMRS ports of N CDM groups can be switched.
规则三：与所述第一个SRS资源集合或所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组的DMRS端口。其与规则一和规则二的不同之处在于：在某些时刻，目标PUSCH也可能支持仅在一个天线面板上发送，此时，该一个天线面板可以占用一个或多个DMRS端口。Rule 3: The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set use the DMRS ports of the two CDM groups. The difference from Rules 1 and 2 is that at certain times, the target PUSCH may also support transmission on only one antenna panel. At this time, the one antenna panel may occupy one or more DMRS ports.
规则四：第一PTRS域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联，第二PTRS域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联。在实施中，每一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源可以使用的一个或者多个DMRS端口，其中，PTRS占用至少一个DMRS端口。Rule 4: The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the first one of the N SRS resource sets. At least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the two SRS resource sets is associated. In implementation, the PUSCH transmission resources associated with each SRS resource set may use one or more DMRS ports, where PTRS occupies at least one DMRS port.
通过上述规则四，可以由信令指示终端，使N个天线面板的PTRS域与N个SRS资源集合一一对应关联，从而使PTRS域使用关联的SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源的DMRS端口。Through the above rule 4, the terminal can be instructed by signaling to associate the PTRS domains of N antenna panels with N SRS resource sets in a one-to-one correspondence, so that the PTRS domain uses the DMRS port of the PUSCH transmission resource of the associated SRS resource set.
规则五：所述第一PTRS域与所述第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联，所述第二PTRS域与所述第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联。本规则与上述规则四的区别在于：N个天线面板的PTRS域与N个SRS资源集合之间的关联关系是可以切换的。Rule 5: The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the second SRS resource set, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the PUSCH transmission resources of the first SRS resource set. At least one DMRS port is associated. The difference between this rule and Rule 4 above is that the association between the PTRS domains of N antenna panels and N SRS resource sets can be switched.
本实施方式中，通过在第一信令中携带上述第三指示信息，可以指示终端采用上述规则一至规则五中的任一项，从而实现上述规则一至规则五的灵活切换。In this embodiment, by carrying the above-mentioned third instruction information in the first signaling, the terminal can be instructed to adopt any one of the above-mentioned rules 1 to 5, thereby realizing flexible switching of the above-mentioned rules 1 to 5.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH配置第一PTRS端口和第二PTRS端口，则所述第一PTRS端口与所述第一PTRS端口对应不同的DMRS端口，其中，所述不同的DMRS端口属于不同的CDM组。As an optional implementation manner, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the target PUSCH is configured with a first PTRS port and a second PTRS port, then the first PTRS port and the third PTRS port One PTRS port corresponds to different DMRS ports, wherein the different DMRS ports belong to different CDM groups.
在SFN传输方案中，N个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH资源上分别传输的相同的数据，但是，N个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH资源分别可以使用不同的DMRS导频(对应不同DMRS端口)，本实施方式中，通过为目标 PUSCH配置两个不同的PTRS端口，且每一个PTRS端口对应不同的CDM组内的DMRS端口，便可以使N个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH资源分别可以使用不同的DMRS导频。In the SFN transmission scheme, the same data is transmitted on the PUSCH resources associated with the N SRS resource sets. However, the PUSCH resources associated with the N SRS resource sets can use different DMRS pilots (corresponding to different DMRS ports). This In the implementation, the goal is to pass PUSCH is configured with two different PTRS ports, and each PTRS port corresponds to a DMRS port in a different CDM group, so that the PUSCH resources associated with N SRS resource sets can use different DMRS pilots.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为CP-OFDM波形，则第一偏移值为高层信令指示的资源元素偏移量resourceElementOffset对应的值，或者，所述第一偏移值为默认的第一资源元素偏移量对应的值；As an optional implementation manner, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform, the first offset value is the resource element indicated by the higher layer signaling. The value corresponding to the offset resourceElementOffset, or the first offset value is the value corresponding to the default offset of the first resource element;
其中，所述第一偏移值为与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS在频域上的偏移值。Wherein, the first offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
在具体实施中，resourceElementOffset的值可以是Offse00、Offse01、Offse10和Offse11中的任一项。在高层信令指示了resourceElementOffset对应的值的情况下，以该高层信令的指示为准，在高层信令未指示resourceElementOffset对应的值的情况下，则取默认的第一资源元素偏移量，例如：第一资源元素偏移量默认等于Offse00。In a specific implementation, the value of resourceElementOffset can be any one of Offse00, Offse01, Offse10 and Offse11. If the high-level signaling indicates the value corresponding to resourceElementOffset, the indication of the high-level signaling shall prevail. If the high-level signaling does not indicate the value corresponding to resourceElementOffset, the default offset of the first resource element shall be used. For example: the offset of the first resource element is equal to Offse00 by default.
通过本实施方式，可以确定所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS在频域上的偏移值。Through this embodiment, the offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets can be determined.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为CP-OFDM波形，则第二偏移值为与所述第一偏移值相关的偏移值，或者，所述第二偏移值为默认的第二资源元素偏移量对应的值；Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform, the second offset value is an offset related to the first offset value. value, or the second offset value is the value corresponding to the default second resource element offset;
其中，所述第二偏移值为与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS在频域上的偏移值。Wherein, the second offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
在实施中，上述与所述第一偏移值相关的偏移值可以是：采用预设的计算规则来根据第一偏移值计算得到第二偏移值，例如：假设第一偏移值为V1，第二偏移值为V2，则可以根据公式V2＝(V1+h)mod 12计算得到所述第二偏移值，其中，h为整数，这样可以降低所述N个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS的相互干扰。In implementation, the above-mentioned offset value related to the first offset value may be: using a preset calculation rule to calculate the second offset value based on the first offset value, for example: assuming the first offset value is V1, and the second offset value is V2, the second offset value can be calculated according to the formula V2=(V1+h)mod 12, where h is an integer, which can reduce the set of N SRS resources. Mutual interference of PTRS on PUSCH transmission resources.
当然，在实施中，还可以直接默认第二偏移值等于第二资源元素偏移量对应的值，例如：第二资源元素偏移量默认等于Offse01。Of course, in implementation, the second offset value can also be directly defaulted to be equal to the value corresponding to the offset of the second resource element. For example, the offset of the second resource element is equal to Offse01 by default.
例如：在高层信令指示了resourceElementOffset对应的值的情况下，可以 基于该resourceElementOffset对应的值确定第一偏移值V1，并基于公式V2＝(V1+h)mod 12计算得到所述第二偏移值；在高层信令未指示resourceElementOffset对应的值的情况下，可以默认第一偏移值等于Offse00对应的值，且默认第二偏移值等于Offse01对应的值。For example: when high-level signaling indicates the value corresponding to resourceElementOffset, you can The first offset value V1 is determined based on the value corresponding to the resourceElementOffset, and the second offset value is calculated based on the formula V2=(V1+h)mod 12; in the case where the high-level signaling does not indicate the value corresponding to the resourceElementOffset, The default first offset value may be equal to the value corresponding to Offse00, and the default second offset value may be equal to the value corresponding to Offse01.
PUSCH传输时，终端可以根据上述第一偏移值和第二偏移值，对关联两个SRS资源的PTRS做速率匹配。During PUSCH transmission, the terminal can perform rate matching on the PTRS associated with the two SRS resources based on the first offset value and the second offset value.
作为一种可选地实施方式，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形：As an optional implementation manner, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform:
所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS使用的正交序列的索引值基于以下公式确定：
The index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
其中，表示所述PTRS所在的PTRS组内的正交序列数(例如：等于2或4)、nRNTI表示与调度所述目标PUSCH传输的第一DCI信令加扰相关的RNTI数或者与所述第一DCI信令的RNTI加扰值相关的常数值或者是默认常数；in, Indicates the number of orthogonal sequences in the PTRS group in which the PTRS is located (for example: Equal to 2 or 4), n RNTI represents the RNTI number related to the scrambling of the first DCI signaling that schedules the target PUSCH transmission or the constant value related to the RNTI scrambling value of the first DCI signaling or a default constant ;
和/或，and / or,
所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS使用的正交序列的索引值基于以下公式确定：
The index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
其中，k为正整数。Among them, k is a positive integer.
在实施中，上述k的取值可以是一个固定的整数(例如：k＝1)，或者，上述k的取值可以通过协议进行灵活的配置，在此不作具体限定。In implementation, the value of k may be a fixed integer (for example, k=1), or the value of k may be flexibly configured through a protocol, and is not specifically limited here.
本实施方式中，，可以通过配置第一DCI信令加扰相关的RNTI数或者与所述第一DCI信令的RNTI加扰值相关的常数值nRNTI，来确定N个SRS资源集合中的每一个SRS资源集合各自对应的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS使用的正交序列的索引值，这样，可以降低所述N个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS的相互干扰。。In this embodiment, the number of RNTIs in the N SRS resource sets can be determined by configuring the number of RNTIs related to scrambling of the first DCI signaling or the constant value n RNTI related to the RNTI scrambling value of the first DCI signaling. Each SRS resource set corresponds to the index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource. In this way, the mutual interference of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resources of the N SRS resource sets can be reduced. .
作为一种可选地实施方式，在N等于2，且调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中配置了两个TB关联的域的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH用于同时 传输两个TB，则第一PTRS关联第一SRS资源集合内的SRS资源，第二PTRS关联第二SRS资源集合中的SRS资源；As an optional implementation manner, when N is equal to 2 and two TB-associated domains are configured in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH, if the target PUSCH is used for simultaneous When two TBs are transmitted, the first PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set, and the second PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set;
其中，所述N个SRS资源集合包括所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合。Wherein, the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
本实施方式中，两个SRS资源集合对应的PUSCH传输资源分别用于传输各自对应的TB块，则两个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源具有各自关联的PTRS，这样，可以基于不同的PTRS来同时传输两个TB块。In this embodiment, the PUSCH transmission resources corresponding to the two SRS resource sets are respectively used to transmit corresponding TB blocks. Then the SRS resources in the two SRS resource sets have their own associated PTRS. In this way, the SRS resources in the two SRS resource sets can be transmitted simultaneously based on different PTRS. Transfer two terabyte chunks.
可选地，在所述第一DCI信令中配置了两个TB指示的情况下；Optionally, when two TB indications are configured in the first DCI signaling;
所述第一PTRS的密度与所述两个TB指示所指示的第一个TB使用的调制和编码方案MCS等级相关，所述第二PTRS的密度与所述两个TB指示所指示的第二个TB使用的MCS等级相关；或者，The density of the first PTRS is related to the modulation and coding scheme MCS level used by the first TB indicated by the two TB indications, and the density of the second PTRS is related to the second PTRS indicated by the two TB indications. related to the MCS level used by each TB; or,
所述第一PTRS的密度和所述第二PTRS的密度相同，且与所述两个TB指示所指示的预设TB使用的MCS等级相关。The density of the first PTRS is the same as the density of the second PTRS, and is related to the MCS level used by the preset TB indicated by the two TB indications.
在一种可选地实施方式中，第一PTRS的密度和第二PTRS的密度分别与第一个TB使用的MCS等级和第二个TB使用的MCS等级一一对应。In an optional implementation, the density of the first PTRS and the density of the second PTRS respectively correspond to the MCS level used by the first TB and the MCS level used by the second TB.
在另一种可选地实施方式中，第一PTRS的密度和第二PTRS的密度相同，且与预设TB使用的MCS等级对应，其中，预设TB可以是所述两个TB指示所指示的预设位置的TB(例如：排列于第一位的TB或排列于第二位的TB)，或者是所述两个TB指示所指示的第一个TB和第二个TB中对应最大MCS的TB，或者是所述两个TB指示所指示的第一个TB和第二个TB中对最小MCS的TB，在此不作具体限定。In another optional implementation, the density of the first PTRS and the density of the second PTRS are the same and correspond to the MCS level used by the preset TB, wherein the preset TB may be as indicated by the two TB instructions. The TB at the preset position (for example: the TB arranged in the first position or the TB arranged in the second position), or the corresponding maximum MCS among the first TB and the second TB indicated by the two TB indications. TB, or the TB with the smallest MCS among the first TB and the second TB indicated by the two TB indications, which is not specifically limited here.
本实施方式中，可以根据所述第一DCI信令中配置的两个TB指示分别使用的MCS等级中的至少一个来确定第一PTRS的密度和第二PTRS的密度。In this embodiment, the density of the first PTRS and the density of the second PTRS may be determined according to at least one of the MCS levels respectively used by the two TB indications configured in the first DCI signaling.
在本申请实施例中，终端通过N个天线面板同时传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案，或者，空分复用SDM方案。这样，终端能够采用至少两个天线面板实现对目标PUSCH的同时发送，能够提高目标PUSCH的传输效率。 In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal simultaneously transmits the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N Each antenna panel corresponds to one-to-one, and the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme. In this way, the terminal can use at least two antenna panels to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH, which can improve the transmission efficiency of the target PUSCH.
本申请实施例提供的PUSCH同时发送的方法，执行主体可以为PUSCH同时发送的装置。本申请实施例中以PUSCH同时发送的装置执行PUSCH同时发送的方法为例，说明本申请实施例提供的PUSCH同时发送的装置。For the method for simultaneous PUSCH transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application, the execution subject may be a device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission. In the embodiment of the present application, the method of performing simultaneous PUSCH transmission by a device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission is taken as an example to illustrate the device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application.
请参阅图3，本申请实施例提供的一种PUSCH同时发送的装置，其可以应用于终端，如图3所示，该PUSCH同时发送的装置300可以包括以下模块：Please refer to Figure 3. An embodiment of the present application provides a device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission, which can be applied to a terminal. As shown in Figure 3, the device 300 for simultaneous PUSCH transmission can include the following modules:
传输模块301，用于通过N个天线面板同时传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案，或者，空分复用SDM方案。The transmission module 301 is configured to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N antennas. The panels correspond one to one, and the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
可选地，PUSCH同时发送的装置300还包括：Optionally, the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH also includes:
发送模块，用于向网络侧设备发送能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括所述终端支持的PUSCH传输方案；A sending module, configured to send capability information to the network side device, where the capability information includes the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal;
第一确定模块，用于根据来自所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，其中，所述终端支持的PUSCH传输方案包括所述目标传输方案。A first determination module configured to determine the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information from the network side device, wherein the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal includes the target transmission scheme.
可选地，在所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端采用物理下行共享信道PDSCH同时接收方案的情况下，所述第一确定模块，具体用于：Optionally, when the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal to adopt the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme, the first determination module is specifically used to:
确定所述目标传输方案与所述PDSCH同时接收方案对应的发送方案相同。It is determined that the target transmission scheme is the same as the transmission scheme corresponding to the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme.
可选地，在所述第一指示信息包括用于调度所述目标PUSCH的第一下行控制信息DCI信令中携带的用于指示占用的解调参考信号DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量，或者，所述第一指示信息包括为所述目标PUSCH配置的传输块TB的个数的情况下，所述第一确定模块，具体用于执行如下至少一项：Optionally, the first indication information includes the number of demodulation reference signals DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups used to indicate occupation carried in the first downlink control information DCI signaling used to schedule the target PUSCH. , or when the first indication information includes the number of transport blocks TB configured for the target PUSCH, the first determination module is specifically configured to perform at least one of the following:
在所述目标PUSCH占用的DMRS CDM组数或配置的TB个数大于1的情况下，确定所述目标传输方案为SDM传输方案；When the number of DMRS CDM groups occupied by the target PUSCH or the number of configured TBs is greater than 1, determine that the target transmission scheme is an SDM transmission scheme;
在所述目标PUSCH占用的DMRS CDM组数或配置的TB个数等于1的情况下，确定所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案或SFN传输方案。 When the number of DMRS CDM groups occupied by the target PUSCH or the number of configured TBs is equal to 1, the target transmission scheme is determined to be an FDM transmission scheme or an SFN transmission scheme.
可选地，所述目标PUSCH的时隙间重复发送次数或时间维度名义上的重复发送次数等于1。Optionally, the number of repeated transmissions between time slots or the nominal number of repeated transmissions in the time dimension of the target PUSCH is equal to 1.
可选地，在调度PDSCH的第二DCI信令中指示N个传输配置指示TCI状态，或者，所述第二DCI信令中指示N个TCI状态组的情况下，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个TCI状态或N个TCI状态组一一对应。Optionally, when N transmission configurations indicating TCI states are indicated in the second DCI signaling for scheduling PDSCH, or when N TCI state groups are indicated in the second DCI signaling, the N SRS resource sets One-to-one correspondence with the N TCI states or N TCI state groups.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，若所述N个SRS资源集合中的目标SRS资源集合包括M个SRS资源，且所述M个SRS资源的空间关系都与所述第二DCI信令中指示的一个TCI状态关联，则调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中携带的SRS资源索引指示域的大小与M的取值相关，M为大于或等于1的整数。Optionally, when the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode, if the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the spatial relationships of the M SRS resources are all is associated with a TCI status indicated in the second DCI signaling, then the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to the value of M, where M is greater than or equal to an integer of 1.
可选地，在M大于1的情况下，所述目标SRS资源集合中的每个SRS资源对应的端口数不同。Optionally, when M is greater than 1, the number of ports corresponding to each SRS resource in the target SRS resource set is different.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，若所述N个SRS资源集合中的目标SRS资源集合包括M个SRS资源，且所述M个SRS资源的空间关系都与所述第二DCI信令中指示的一个目标TCI状态组中的一个TCI状态关联，则调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中携带的SRS资源索引指示域的大小与M’相关，其中，M’表示所述M个SRS资源对应的M个SRS端口中互不相同的SRS端口的数量，且M’为大于或等于1且小于或等于M的整数。Optionally, when the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode, if the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the spatial relationships of the M SRS resources are all is associated with a TCI state in a target TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling, then the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to M', Wherein, M' represents the number of mutually different SRS ports among the M SRS ports corresponding to the M SRS resources, and M' is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M.
可选地，在所述M个SRS资源中对应目标SRS端口的SRS资源数量为L个的情况下，所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系分别与所述目标TCI状态组中的前L个TCI状态一一对应关联，L为大于0的整数。Optionally, in the case where the number of SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port among the M SRS resources is L, the spatial relationship between the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the target TCI status group are respectively The first L TCI states are associated in one-to-one correspondence, and L is an integer greater than 0.
可选地，PUSCH同时发送的装置300还包括：Optionally, the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH also includes:
第二确定模块，用于根据第一关联关系，确定所述目标PUSCH传输关联的一个SRS资源包括：所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源中的，且与所述第二DCI信令中指示的TCI状态关联的一个SRS资源；The second determination module is configured to determine, according to the first association relationship, that one SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission includes: one of the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port, and one of the SRS resources associated with the second DCI signaling. An SRS resource associated with the indicated TCI status;
其中，所述第一关联关系包括所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系与所述L个TCI状态之间的关联关系。Wherein, the first association relationship includes an association relationship between the spatial relationship of L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the L TCI states.
可选地，在N等于2的情况下，调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令 携带第一指示域和第二指示域；Optionally, when N is equal to 2, schedule the first DCI signaling of the target PUSCH Carrying the first indication field and the second indication field;
在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，所述第一指示域包括第一个SRS资源集合对应的发射预编码矩阵指示TPMI与秩指示RI的联合指示域，所述第二指示域包括第二个SRS资源集合对应的TPMI指示域或TPMI与RI的联合指示域，所述N个SRS资源集合包括所述第一个SRS资源集合和所述第二个SRS资源集合；When the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode, the first indication field includes a joint indication field of the transmit precoding matrix indicator TPMI and the rank indicator RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set, and the second indication field The domain includes a TPMI indication domain corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication domain of TPMI and RI, and the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set;
在所述目标PUSCH采用非码本的传输模式的情况下，所述第一指示域包括所述第一个SRS资源集合对应的SRS资源指示SRI与RI的联合指示域，所述第二指示域包括所述第二个SRS资源集合对应的SRI指示域或SRI与RI的联合指示域。When the target PUSCH adopts a non-codebook transmission mode, the first indication field includes a joint indication field of SRS resource indication SRI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set, and the second indication field Includes an SRI indication field corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication field of SRI and RI.
可选地，PUSCH同时发送的装置300还包括：Optionally, the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH also includes:
接收模块，用于接收第一配置信息；A receiving module, configured to receive the first configuration information;
其中，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一秩最大值和第二秩最大值，所述第一秩最大值为所述第一指示域支持的最大秩的值，所述第二秩最大值为所述第二指示域支持的最大秩的值；或者，Wherein, the first configuration information is used to configure a first rank maximum value and a second rank maximum value, the first rank maximum value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain, and the second rank maximum value The value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain; or,
所述第一配置信息用于配置第三秩最大值，所述第三秩最大值为所述第一指示域支持的最大秩的值。The first configuration information is used to configure a third maximum rank value, where the third maximum rank value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain.
可选地，在所述第一配置信息用于配置所述第三秩最大值的情况下，所述第二指示域支持的最大秩的值R′包括以下任一项：Optionally, in the case where the first configuration information is used to configure the third maximum rank value, the value R′ of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain includes any of the following:
其中，Rmax表示所述第三秩最大值，表示对A向下取整； Among them, R max represents the third rank maximum value, Indicates rounding down A;
其中，表示对A向上取整； in, Indicates rounding up A;
R′＝Rmax。R′=R max .
可选地，所述第一个指示域包含与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息；Optionally, the first indication field includes the number of layer data flows or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set;
其中，与所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息相同。Wherein, the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is the same as the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set.
可选地，所述第一DCI信令还包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用 于指示以下规则中的至少一项生效：Optionally, the first DCI signaling also includes second indication information, and the second indication information is Indicates that at least one of the following rules is in effect:
所述第一指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联，且所述第二指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联；The first indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
所述第一指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联，且所述第二指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联。The first indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
可选地，在N等于2，且所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案的情况下，第一物理资源块PRB数与第二PRB数之和等于第一DCI信令中的频域资源分配FDRA域所指示的所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB数；Optionally, when N is equal to 2 and the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme, the sum of the first physical resource block PRB number and the second PRB number is equal to the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA in the first DCI signaling. The number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH indicated by the field;
其中，所述第一PRB数为所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源所占用的第一PRB的数量；Wherein, the first number of PRBs is the number of first PRBs occupied by PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
所述第二PRB数为所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源所占用的第二PRB的数量；The second number of PRBs is the number of second PRBs occupied by the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH。The first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH.
可选地，所述第一PRB数等于所述第二PRB数等于或者，Optionally, the first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to or,
所述第一PRB数等于所述第二PRB数等于 The first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to
其中，NPRB表示所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB数。Wherein, N PRB represents the number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH.
可选地，所述目标PUSCH的传输数据块TB大小基于以下参考PRB数中的任一项确定：Optionally, the transport data block TB size of the target PUSCH is determined based on any one of the following reference PRB numbers:
等于所述NPRB；equal to the N PRB ;
等于 equal
等于所述第一PRB数。equal to the first PRB number.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH的波形为基于离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下，所述第一PRB数和所述第二PRB数分别满足目标约束条件，其中，所述目标约束条件包括：等于2x*3y*5z，x、y和z分别为大于或者等于0的整数。Optionally, when the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform based on discrete Fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs respectively satisfy Target constraints, wherein the target constraints include: equal to 2 x * 3 y * 5 z , x, y and z are respectively integers greater than or equal to 0.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下， PUSCH同时发送的装置300还包括：Optionally, when the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform, The device 300 for simultaneously sending PUSCH also includes:
生成模块，用于生成与所述第一PRB数对应的第一ZC序列，以及生成与所述第二PRB数对应的第二ZC序列，所述第一ZC序列和所述第二ZC序列用于生成DMRS。Generating module, configured to generate a first ZC sequence corresponding to the first PRB number, and generate a second ZC sequence corresponding to the second PRB number, where the first ZC sequence and the second ZC sequence are To generate DMRS.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH采用跳频模式的情况下，跳频后所述第一PRB在频域上连续，且跳频后的所述第二PRB在频域上连续。Optionally, when the target PUSCH adopts frequency hopping mode, the first PRB after frequency hopping is continuous in the frequency domain, and the second PRB after frequency hopping is continuous in the frequency domain.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案，且所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下，第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS与所述第一个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源关联，第二PTRS与所述第二个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源关联。Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme and the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform, the first phase tracking reference signal PTRS and the first SRS resource set The second PTRS is associated with the SRS resource in the second SRS resource set.
可选地，所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第一PRB数相关；Optionally, the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the first PRB number;
所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第二PRB数相关。The number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the second PRB number.
可选地，所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数与所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数相同，所述第一PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第二PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数相同；Optionally, the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS is the same as the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, and the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS is the same as that of each PTRS of the second PTRS. The number of PTRS sample points within the group is the same;
所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数、所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数、所述第一PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数和所述第二PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第一PRB数和所述第二PRB数中的预设PRB数相关。The number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS, the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS, and the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group of the second PTRS. The number of points is related to a preset number of PRBs among the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH包括第一PUSCH发送时机和第二PUSCH发送时机的情况下，所述第一PUSCH发送时机在所述第一PRB上发送，所述第二PUSCH发送时机在所述第二PRB上发送。Optionally, in the case where the target PUSCH includes a first PUSCH transmission opportunity and a second PUSCH transmission opportunity, the first PUSCH transmission opportunity is sent on the first PRB, and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity is on the sent on the second PRB.
可选地，所述目标PUSCH发送的数据与信道状态信息CSI报告信息采用以下方式中的至少一种进行复用传输：Optionally, the data and channel state information CSI report information sent by the target PUSCH are multiplexed and transmitted in at least one of the following ways:
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小与所述第一PUSCH发送时机复用传输，且所述CSI报告信息还根据所述第二PRB的大小与所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输； The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the first PRB and the first PUSCH transmission opportunity, and the CSI report information is also multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the second PRB and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. transmission;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the size of the first PRB or the second PRB;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小中的最小值，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the minimum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小中的最大值，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the maximum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB的大小与所述目标PUSCH复用传输。The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the target PUSCH according to the size of the PRB occupied by the target PUSCH.
可选地，在第三DCI信令采用DCI格式2_4，且所述第三DCI信令携带上行PUSCH取消发送的命令的情况下，PUSCH同时发送的装置300还包括：Optionally, in the case where the third DCI signaling adopts DCI format 2_4, and the third DCI signaling carries a command to cancel uplink PUSCH transmission, the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH also includes:
取消发送模块，用于根据所述上行PUSCH取消发送的命令取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机中的至少一个的发送。A cancel sending module, configured to cancel the sending of at least one of the first PUSCH sending opportunity and the second PUSCH sending opportunity according to the uplink PUSCH sending cancel command.
可选地，所述取消发送模块，具体用于执行以下至少一项：Optionally, the cancel sending module is specifically configured to perform at least one of the following:
在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源与所述第一PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠，且与所述第二PRB的频域资源无重叠的情况下，取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机的发送；When it is determined that the frequency domain resource indicated in the third DCI signaling to cancel transmission at least partially overlaps with the frequency domain resource of the first PRB and has no overlap with the frequency domain resource of the second PRB, cancel all The sending of the first PUSCH sending opportunity;
在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源与所述第二PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠，且与所述第一PRB的频域资源无重叠的情况下，取消所述第二PUSCH发送时机的发送；When it is determined that the frequency domain resource indicating cancellation of transmission in the third DCI signaling at least partially overlaps with the frequency domain resource of the second PRB and has no overlap with the frequency domain resource of the first PRB, cancel all The sending of the second PUSCH sending opportunity;
在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源分别与所述第一PRB的频域资源和所述第二PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠的情况下，取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机的发送。When it is determined that the frequency domain resources indicating cancellation of transmission in the third DCI signaling at least partially overlap with the frequency domain resources of the first PRB and the frequency domain resources of the second PRB, cancel the first PRB. The PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity are transmitted.
可选地，在N等于2的情况下，PUSCH同时发送的装置300还包括：Optionally, when N is equal to 2, the device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH also includes:
获取模块，用于获取第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息携带于第一DCI信令中，所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH，所述第三指示信息用于指示以下规则中的至少一项生效：Obtaining module, configured to obtain third indication information, the third indication information is carried in first DCI signaling, the first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH, and the third indication information is used to indicate At least one of the following rules is in effect:
与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输 资源使用两个CDM组中的第一个CDM组的DMRS端口，与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第二个CDM组的DMRS端口；PUSCH transmission associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets The resource uses the DMRS port of the first CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the second SRS resource set of the N SRS resource sets uses the second of the two CDM groups. DMRS port of CDM group;
与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第二个CDM组的DMRS端口，与所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第一个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use the two CDM groups. The DMRS port of the first CDM group among the CDM groups;
与所述第一个SRS资源集合或所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set use DMRS ports of the two CDM groups;
第一PTRS域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联，第二PTRS域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联；The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the second SRS among the N SRS resource sets. At least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the resource set is associated;
所述第一PTRS域与所述第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联，所述第二PTRS域与所述第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联。The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the second SRS resource set, and the second PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the first SRS resource set. DMRS port association.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH配置第一PTRS端口和第二PTRS端口，则所述第一PTRS端口与所述第一PTRS端口对应不同的DMRS端口，其中，所述不同的DMRS端口属于不同的CDM组。Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the target PUSCH is configured with a first PTRS port and a second PTRS port, the first PTRS port and the first PTRS port correspond to different DMRS ports, wherein the different DMRS ports belong to different CDM groups.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为CP-OFDM波形，则第一偏移值为高层信令指示的资源元素偏移量resourceElementOffset对应的值，或者，所述第一偏移值为默认的第一资源元素偏移量对应的值；Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform, the first offset value corresponds to the resource element offset resourceElementOffset indicated by the higher layer signaling. The value, or the first offset value is the value corresponding to the default first resource element offset;
其中，所述第一偏移值为与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS在频域上的偏移值。Wherein, the first offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为CP-OFDM波形，则第二偏移值为与所述第一偏移值相关的偏移值，或者，所述第二偏移值为默认的第二资源元素偏移量对应的值；Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform, the second offset value is an offset related to the first offset value. value, or the second offset value is the value corresponding to the default second resource element offset;
其中，所述第二偏移值为与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资 源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS在频域上的偏移值。Wherein, the second offset value is the same as the second SRS resource in the N SRS resource set. The offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the source set.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形：Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform:
所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS使用的正交序列的索引值基于以下公式确定：
The index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
其中，表示所述PTRS所在的PTRS组内的正交序列数、nRNTI表示与调度所述目标PUSCH传输的第一DCI信令加扰相关的RNTI数或者与所述第一DCI信令的RNTI加扰值相关的常数值或者是默认常数；in, Indicates the number of orthogonal sequences in the PTRS group in which the PTRS is located. n RNTI indicates the number of RNTIs related to the first DCI signaling scrambling for scheduling the target PUSCH transmission or the RNTI scrambling of the first DCI signaling. Value-related constant value or default constant;
和/或，and / or,
所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS使用的正交序列的索引值基于以下公式确定：
The index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
其中，k为正整数。Among them, k is a positive integer.
可选地，在N等于2，且调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中配置了两个TB关联的域的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH用于同时传输两个TB，则第一PTRS关联第一SRS资源集合内的SRS资源，第二PTRS关联第二SRS资源集合中的SRS资源；Optionally, in the case where N is equal to 2 and the first DCI signaling that schedules the target PUSCH is configured with domains associated with two TBs, if the target PUSCH is used to transmit two TBs at the same time, then the first The PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set, and the second PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set;
其中，所述N个SRS资源集合包括所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合。Wherein, the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
可选地，在所述第一DCI信令中配置了两个TB指示的情况下；Optionally, when two TB indications are configured in the first DCI signaling;
所述第一PTRS的密度与所述两个TB指示所指示的第一个TB使用的调制和编码方案MCS等级相关，所述第二PTRS的密度与所述两个TB指示所指示的第二个TB使用的MCS等级相关；或者，The density of the first PTRS is related to the modulation and coding scheme MCS level used by the first TB indicated by the two TB indications, and the density of the second PTRS is related to the second PTRS indicated by the two TB indications. related to the MCS level used by each TB; or,
所述第一PTRS的密度和所述第二PTRS的密度相同，且与所述两个TB指示所指示的预设TB使用的MCS等级相关。The density of the first PTRS is the same as the density of the second PTRS, and is related to the MCS level used by the preset TB indicated by the two TB indications.
本申请实施例中的PUSCH同时发送的装置300可以是电子设备，例如具有操作***的电子设备，也可以是电子设备中的部件，例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端，也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的， 终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型，其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage，NAS)等，本申请实施例不作具体限定。The device 300 for simultaneously transmitting PUSCH in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or may be a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or chip. The electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal. By way of example, Terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
本申请实施例提供的PUSCH同时发送的装置300能够实现图2所示方法实施例实现的各个过程，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。The device 300 for simultaneous PUSCH transmission provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment shown in Figure 2 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
可选地，如图4所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备400，包括处理器401和存储器402，存储器402上存储有可在所述处理器401上运行的程序或指令，例如，该通信设备400为终端时，该程序或指令被处理器401执行时实现上述PUSCH同时发送的方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备400为网络侧设备时，该程序或指令被处理器401执行时实现上述PUSCH同时发送的方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。Optionally, as shown in Figure 4, this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 400, which includes a processor 401 and a memory 402. The memory 402 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 401, such as , when the communication device 400 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 401, each step of the above method embodiment for simultaneous PUSCH transmission is implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. When the communication device 400 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 401, the steps of the above method embodiment for simultaneous PUSCH transmission are implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid duplication, they will not be described again here.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端，包括处理器和通信接口，通信接口用于通过N个天线面板同时传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案，或者，空分复用SDM方案。该终端实施例与上述上述PUSCH同时发送的方法实施例对应，上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中，且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地，图5为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。Embodiments of the present application also provide a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is used to simultaneously transmit a target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, and N is greater than 1. Integer, the N SRS resource sets correspond to the N antenna panels one-to-one, and the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or, Spatial division multiplexing SDM scheme. This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned method embodiment for simultaneous PUSCH transmission. Each implementation process and implementation manner of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. Specifically, FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal that implements an embodiment of the present application.
该终端500包括但不限于：射频单元501、网络模块502、音频输出单元503、输入单元504、传感器505、显示单元506、用户输入单元507、接口单元508、存储器509以及处理器510等中的至少部分部件。The terminal 500 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 501, a network module 502, an audio output unit 503, an input unit 504, a sensor 505, a display unit 506, a user input unit 507, an interface unit 508, a memory 509, a processor 510, etc. At least some parts.
本领域技术人员可以理解，终端500还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池)，电源可以通过电源管理***与处理器510逻辑相连，从而通过电源管理***实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图5中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定，终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或 者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置，在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal 500 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components. The power supply may be logically connected to the processor 510 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions. The terminal structure shown in Figure 5 does not constitute a limitation of the terminal, and the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown, or Or combine certain components, or arrange different components, which will not be described again here.
应理解的是，本申请实施例中，输入单元504可以包括图形处理单元(Graphics Processing Unit，GPU)5041和麦克风5042，图形处理器5041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元506可包括显示面板5 061，可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板5061。用户输入单元507包括触控面板5071以及其他输入设备5072中的至少一种。触控面板5071，也称为触摸屏。触控面板5071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备5072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆，在此不再赘述。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the input unit 504 may include a graphics processing unit (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 5041 and a microphone 5042. The graphics processor 5041 is responsible for the image capture device (GPU) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode. Process the image data of still pictures or videos obtained by cameras (such as cameras). The display unit 506 may include a display panel 5061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light-emitting diode, or the like. The user input unit 507 includes a touch panel 5071 and at least one of other input devices 5072 . Touch panel 5071, also called touch screen. The touch panel 5071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 5072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
本申请实施例中，射频单元501接收来自网络侧设备的下行数据后，可以传输给处理器510进行处理；另外，射频单元501可以向网络侧设备发送上行数据。通常，射频单元501包括但不限于天线、放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In this embodiment of the present application, after receiving downlink data from the network side device, the radio frequency unit 501 can transmit it to the processor 510 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 501 can send uplink data to the network side device. Generally, the radio frequency unit 501 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
存储器509可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器509可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区，其中，第一存储区可存储操作***、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外，存储器509可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或者，存储器509可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DRRAM)。本申请实施 例中的存储器509包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。Memory 509 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data. The memory 509 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc. Additionally, memory 509 may include volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or memory 509 may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM) , SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM). Implementation of this application Example memory 509 includes, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
处理器510可包括一个或多个处理单元；可选地，处理器510集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理涉及操作***、用户界面和应用程序等的操作，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号，如基带处理器。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器510中。The processor 510 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 510 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 510.
其中，射频单元501，用于通过N个天线面板同时传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案，或者，空分复用SDM方案。The radio frequency unit 501 is used to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N Each antenna panel corresponds to one-to-one, and the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
可选地，射频单元501，还用于向网络侧设备发送能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括所述终端支持的PUSCH传输方案，以及接收来自所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息；Optionally, the radio frequency unit 501 is also configured to send capability information to the network side device, where the capability information includes the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal, and receive the first indication information from the network side device;
处理器510，用于根据所述第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，其中，所述终端支持的PUSCH传输方案包括所述目标传输方案。The processor 510 is configured to determine the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information, wherein the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal includes the target transmission scheme.
可选地，在所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端采用物理下行共享信道PDSCH同时接收方案的情况下，处理器510执行的所述根据所述第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，包括：Optionally, in the case where the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal to adopt a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme, the processor 510 executes the step of determining the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information. ,include:
确定所述目标传输方案与所述PDSCH同时接收方案对应的发送方案相同。It is determined that the target transmission scheme is the same as the transmission scheme corresponding to the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme.
可选地，在所述第一指示信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI信令中携带的解调参考信号DMRS码分复用CDM组的数，所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH，或者，所述第一指示信息包括为所述目标PUSCH配置的传输块TB的个数的情况下，处理器510执行的所述根据所述第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，包括：Optionally, the first indication information includes the number of demodulation reference signal DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups carried in first downlink control information DCI signaling, which is used to schedule the Target PUSCH, or when the first indication information includes the number of transmission blocks TB configured for the target PUSCH, the processor 510 executes the determination of the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information, include:
在所述目标PUSCH占用的DMRS CDM组数或配置的TB个数大于1的情况下，所述终端确定所述目标传输方案为SDM传输方案；When the number of DMRS CDM groups occupied by the target PUSCH or the number of configured TBs is greater than 1, the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is an SDM transmission scheme;
在所述目标PUSCH占用的DMRS CDM组数或配置的TB个数等于1的情况下，所述终端确定所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案或SFN传输方 案。When the number of DMRS CDM groups occupied by the target PUSCH or the number of configured TBs is equal to 1, the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme or an SFN transmission scheme. case.
可选地，所述目标PUSCH的时隙间重复发送次数或时间维度名义上的重复发送次数等于1。Optionally, the number of repeated transmissions between time slots or the nominal number of repeated transmissions in the time dimension of the target PUSCH is equal to 1.
可选地，在调度PDSCH的第二DCI信令中指示N个传输配置指示TCI状态，或者，所述第二DCI信令中指示N个TCI状态组的情况下，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个TCI状态或N个TCI状态组一一对应。Optionally, when N transmission configurations indicating TCI states are indicated in the second DCI signaling for scheduling PDSCH, or when N TCI state groups are indicated in the second DCI signaling, the N SRS resource sets One-to-one correspondence with the N TCI states or N TCI state groups.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，若所述N个SRS资源集合中的目标SRS资源集合包括M个SRS资源，且所述M个SRS资源的空间关系都与所述第二DCI信令中指示的一个TCI状态关联，则调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中携带的SRS资源索引指示域的大小与M的取值相关，M为大于或等于1的整数。Optionally, when the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode, if the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the spatial relationships of the M SRS resources are all is associated with a TCI status indicated in the second DCI signaling, then the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to the value of M, where M is greater than or equal to an integer of 1.
可选地，在M大于1的情况下，所述目标SRS资源集合中的每个SRS资源对应的端口数不同。Optionally, when M is greater than 1, the number of ports corresponding to each SRS resource in the target SRS resource set is different.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，若所述N个SRS资源集合中的目标SRS资源集合包括M个SRS资源，且所述M个SRS资源的空间关系都与所述第二DCI信令中指示的一个目标TCI状态组中的一个TCI状态关联，则调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中携带的SRS资源索引指示域的大小与M’相关，其中，M’表示所述M个SRS资源对应的M个SRS端口中互不相同的SRS端口的数量，且M’为大于或等于1且小于或等于M的整数。Optionally, when the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode, if the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the spatial relationships of the M SRS resources are all is associated with a TCI state in a target TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling, then the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH is related to M', Wherein, M' represents the number of mutually different SRS ports among the M SRS ports corresponding to the M SRS resources, and M' is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M.
可选地，在所述M个SRS资源中对应目标SRS端口的SRS资源数量为L个的情况下，所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系分别与所述目标TCI状态组中的前L个TCI状态一一对应关联，L为大于0的整数。Optionally, in the case where the number of SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port among the M SRS resources is L, the spatial relationship between the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the target TCI status group are respectively The first L TCI states are associated in one-to-one correspondence, and L is an integer greater than 0.
可选地，处理器510，还用于根据第一关联关系，确定所述目标PUSCH传输关联的一个SRS资源包括：所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源中的，且与所述第二DCI信令中指示的TCI状态关联的一个SRS资源；Optionally, the processor 510 is further configured to determine, according to the first association relationship, that one SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission includes: one of the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port, and is related to the second An SRS resource associated with the TCI status indicated in DCI signaling;
其中，所述第一关联关系包括所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系与所述L个TCI状态之间的关联关系。Wherein, the first association relationship includes an association relationship between the spatial relationship of L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the L TCI states.
可选地，在N等于2的情况下，调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令 携带第一指示域和第二指示域；Optionally, when N is equal to 2, schedule the first DCI signaling of the target PUSCH Carrying the first indication field and the second indication field;
在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，所述第一指示域包括第一个SRS资源集合对应的发射预编码矩阵指示TPMI与秩指示RI的联合指示域，所述第二指示域包括第二个SRS资源集合对应的TPMI指示域或TPMI与RI的联合指示域，所述N个SRS资源集合包括所述第一个SRS资源集合和所述第二个SRS资源集合；When the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode, the first indication field includes a joint indication field of the transmit precoding matrix indicator TPMI and the rank indicator RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set, and the second indication field The domain includes a TPMI indication domain corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication domain of TPMI and RI, and the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set;
在所述目标PUSCH采用非码本的传输模式的情况下，所述第一指示域包括所述第一个SRS资源集合对应的SRS资源指示SRI与RI的联合指示域，所述第二指示域包括所述第二个SRS资源集合对应的SRI指示域或SRI与RI的联合指示域。When the target PUSCH adopts a non-codebook transmission mode, the first indication field includes a joint indication field of SRS resource indication SRI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set, and the second indication field Includes an SRI indication field corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication field of SRI and RI.
可选地，射频单元501，还用于接收第一配置信息；Optionally, the radio frequency unit 501 is also used to receive the first configuration information;
其中，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一秩最大值和第二秩最大值，所述第一秩最大值为所述第一指示域支持的最大秩的值，所述第二秩最大值为所述第二指示域支持的最大秩的值；或者，Wherein, the first configuration information is used to configure a first rank maximum value and a second rank maximum value, the first rank maximum value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain, and the second rank maximum value The value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain; or,
所述第一配置信息用于配置第三秩最大值，所述第三秩最大值为所述第一指示域支持的最大秩的值。The first configuration information is used to configure a third maximum rank value, where the third maximum rank value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain.
可选地，在所述第一配置信息用于配置所述第三秩最大值的情况下，所述第二指示域支持的最大秩的值R′包括以下任一项：Optionally, in the case where the first configuration information is used to configure the third maximum rank value, the value R′ of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain includes any of the following:
其中，Rmax表示所述第三秩最大值，表示对A向下取整； Among them, R max represents the third rank maximum value, Indicates rounding down A;
其中，表示对A向上取整； in, Indicates rounding up A;
R′＝Rmax。R′=R max .
可选地，所述第一个指示域包含与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息；Optionally, the first indication field includes the number of layer data flows or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set;
其中，与所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息相同。Wherein, the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is the same as the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set.
可选地，所述第一DCI信令还包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示以下规则中的至少一项生效： Optionally, the first DCI signaling also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the following rules is effective:
所述第一指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联，且所述第二指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联；The first indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
所述第一指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联，且所述第二指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联。The first indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
可选地，在N等于2，且所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案的情况下，第一物理资源块PRB数与第二PRB数之和等于第一DCI信令中的频域资源分配FDRA域所指示的所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB数；Optionally, when N is equal to 2 and the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme, the sum of the first physical resource block PRB number and the second PRB number is equal to the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA in the first DCI signaling. The number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH indicated by the field;
其中，所述第一PRB数为所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源所占用的第一PRB的数量；Wherein, the first number of PRBs is the number of first PRBs occupied by PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
所述第二PRB数为所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源所占用的第二PRB的数量；The second number of PRBs is the number of second PRBs occupied by the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH。The first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH.
可选地，所述第一PRB数等于所述第二PRB数等于或者，Optionally, the first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to or,
所述第一PRB数等于所述第二PRB数等于 The first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to
其中，NPRB表示所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB数。Wherein, N PRB represents the number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH.
可选地，所述目标PUSCH的传输数据块TB大小基于以下参考PRB数中的任一项确定：Optionally, the transport data block TB size of the target PUSCH is determined based on any one of the following reference PRB numbers:
等于所述NPRB；equal to the N PRB ;
等于 equal
等于所述第一PRB数。equal to the first PRB number.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH的波形为基于离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下，所述第一PRB数和所述第二PRB数分别满足目标约束条件，其中，所述目标约束条件包括：等于2x*3y*5z，x、y和z分别为大于或者等于0的整数。Optionally, when the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform based on discrete Fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs respectively satisfy Target constraints, wherein the target constraints include: equal to 2 x * 3 y * 5 z , x, y and z are respectively integers greater than or equal to 0.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下，处理器510，还用于生成与所述第一PRB数对应的第一ZC序列，以及生成与 所述第二PRB数对应的第二ZC序列，所述第一ZC序列和所述第二ZC序列用于生成DMRS。Optionally, when the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform, the processor 510 is also configured to generate a first ZC sequence corresponding to the first PRB number, and generate a The second ZC sequence corresponding to the second PRB number, the first ZC sequence and the second ZC sequence are used to generate DMRS.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH采用跳频模式的情况下，跳频后所述第一PRB在频域上连续，且跳频后的所述第二PRB在频域上连续。Optionally, when the target PUSCH adopts frequency hopping mode, the first PRB after frequency hopping is continuous in the frequency domain, and the second PRB after frequency hopping is continuous in the frequency domain.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案，且所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下，第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS与所述第一个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源关联，第二PTRS与所述第二个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源关联。Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme and the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform, the first phase tracking reference signal PTRS and the first SRS resource set The second PTRS is associated with the SRS resource in the second SRS resource set.
可选地，所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第一PRB数相关；Optionally, the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the first PRB number;
所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第二PRB数相关。The number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the second PRB number.
可选地，所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数与所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数相同，所述第一PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第二PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数相同；Optionally, the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS is the same as the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, and the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS is the same as that of each PTRS of the second PTRS. The number of PTRS sample points within the group is the same;
所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数、所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数、所述第一PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数和所述第二PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第一PRB数和所述第二PRB数中的预设PRB数相关。The number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS, the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS, and the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group of the second PTRS. The number of points is related to a preset number of PRBs among the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs.
可选地，在所述目标PUSCH包括第一PUSCH发送时机和第二PUSCH发送时机的情况下，所述第一PUSCH发送时机在所述第一PRB上发送，所述第二PUSCH发送时机在所述第二PRB上发送。Optionally, in the case where the target PUSCH includes a first PUSCH transmission opportunity and a second PUSCH transmission opportunity, the first PUSCH transmission opportunity is sent on the first PRB, and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity is on the sent on the second PRB.
可选地，所述目标PUSCH发送的数据与信道状态信息CSI报告信息采用以下方式中的至少一种进行复用传输：Optionally, the data and channel state information CSI report information sent by the target PUSCH are multiplexed and transmitted in at least one of the following ways:
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小与所述第一PUSCH发送时机复用传输，且所述CSI报告信息还根据所述第二PRB的大小与所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the first PRB and the first PUSCH transmission opportunity, and the CSI report information is also multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the second PRB and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. transmission;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输； The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the size of the first PRB or the second PRB;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小中的最小值，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the minimum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小中的最大值，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the maximum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
所述CSI报告信息根据所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB的大小与所述目标PUSCH复用传输。The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the target PUSCH according to the size of the PRB occupied by the target PUSCH.
可选地，在第三DCI信令采用DCI格式2_4，且所述第三DCI信令携带上行PUSCH取消发送的命令的情况下，处理器510，还用于根据所述上行PUSCH取消发送的命令取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机中的至少一个的发送。Optionally, when the third DCI signaling adopts DCI format 2_4, and the third DCI signaling carries a command to cancel uplink PUSCH transmission, the processor 510 is further configured to cancel the transmission according to the uplink PUSCH command. Cancel the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity.
可选地，处理器510执行的所述根据所述上行PUSCH取消发送的命令取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机中的至少一个的发送，包括以下至少一项：Optionally, the command executed by the processor 510 to cancel the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity according to the uplink PUSCH transmission cancellation includes at least one of the following:
在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源与所述第一PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠，且与所述第二PRB的频域资源无重叠的情况下，取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机的发送；When it is determined that the frequency domain resource indicated in the third DCI signaling to cancel transmission at least partially overlaps with the frequency domain resource of the first PRB and has no overlap with the frequency domain resource of the second PRB, cancel all The sending of the first PUSCH sending opportunity;
在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源与所述第二PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠，且与所述第一PRB的频域资源无重叠的情况下，取消所述第二PUSCH发送时机的发送；When it is determined that the frequency domain resource indicating cancellation of transmission in the third DCI signaling at least partially overlaps with the frequency domain resource of the second PRB and has no overlap with the frequency domain resource of the first PRB, cancel all The sending of the second PUSCH sending opportunity;
在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源分别与所述第一PRB的频域资源和所述第二PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠的情况下，取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机的发送。When it is determined that the frequency domain resources indicating cancellation of transmission in the third DCI signaling at least partially overlap with the frequency domain resources of the first PRB and the frequency domain resources of the second PRB, cancel the first PRB. The PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity are transmitted.
可选地，在N等于2的情况下，射频单元501，还用于获取第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息携带于第一DCI信令中，所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH，所述第三指示信息用于指示以下规则中的至少一项生效：Optionally, when N is equal to 2, the radio frequency unit 501 is also used to obtain third indication information, the third indication information is carried in the first DCI signaling, and the first DCI signaling is used for scheduling The target PUSCH, the third indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the following rules is in effect:
与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用两个CDM组中的第一个CDM组的DMRS端口，与所述N个SRS 资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第二个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets uses the DMRS port of the first CDM group among the two CDM groups, and is different from the N SRS resource sets. The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set in the resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group among the two CDM groups;
与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第二个CDM组的DMRS端口，与所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第一个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use the two CDM groups. The DMRS port of the first CDM group among the CDM groups;
与所述第一个SRS资源集合或所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set use DMRS ports of the two CDM groups;
第一PTRS域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联，第二PTRS域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联；The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the second SRS among the N SRS resource sets. At least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the resource set is associated;
所述第一PTRS域与所述第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联，所述第二PTRS域与所述第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联。The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the second SRS resource set, and the second PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the first SRS resource set. DMRS port association.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH配置第一PTRS端口和第二PTRS端口，则所述第一PTRS端口与所述第一PTRS端口对应不同的DMRS端口，其中，所述不同的DMRS端口属于不同的CDM组。Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the target PUSCH is configured with a first PTRS port and a second PTRS port, the first PTRS port and the first PTRS port correspond to different DMRS ports, wherein the different DMRS ports belong to different CDM groups.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为CP-OFDM波形，则第一偏移值为高层信令指示的资源元素偏移量resourceElementOffset对应的值，或者，所述第一偏移值为默认的第一资源元素偏移量对应的值；Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform, the first offset value corresponds to the resource element offset resourceElementOffset indicated by the higher layer signaling. The value, or the first offset value is the value corresponding to the default first resource element offset;
其中，所述第一偏移值为与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS在频域上的偏移值。Wherein, the first offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为CP-OFDM波形，则第二偏移值为与所述第一偏移值相关的偏移值，或者，所述第二偏移值为默认的第二资源元素偏移量对应的值；Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform, the second offset value is an offset related to the first offset value. value, or the second offset value is the value corresponding to the default second resource element offset;
其中，所述第二偏移值为与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS在频域上的偏移值。 Wherein, the second offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
可选地，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形：Optionally, when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform:
所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS使用的正交序列的索引值基于以下公式确定：
The index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
其中，表示所述PTRS所在的PTRS组内的正交序列数、nRNTI表示与调度所述目标PUSCH传输的第一DCI信令加扰相关的RNTI数或者与所述第一DCI信令的RNTI加扰值相关的常数值或者是默认常数；in, Indicates the number of orthogonal sequences in the PTRS group in which the PTRS is located. n RNTI indicates the number of RNTIs related to the first DCI signaling scrambling for scheduling the target PUSCH transmission or the RNTI scrambling of the first DCI signaling. Value-related constant value or default constant;
和/或，and / or,
所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS使用的正交序列的索引值基于以下公式确定：
The index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
其中，k为正整数。Among them, k is a positive integer.
可选地，在N等于2，且调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中配置了两个TB关联的域的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH用于同时传输两个TB，则第一PTRS关联第一SRS资源集合内的SRS资源，第二PTRS关联第二SRS资源集合中的SRS资源；Optionally, in the case where N is equal to 2 and the first DCI signaling that schedules the target PUSCH is configured with domains associated with two TBs, if the target PUSCH is used to transmit two TBs at the same time, then the first The PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set, and the second PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set;
其中，所述N个SRS资源集合包括所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二SRS资源集合。Wherein, the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set.
可选地，在所述第一DCI信令中配置了两个TB指示的情况下；Optionally, when two TB indications are configured in the first DCI signaling;
所述第一PTRS的密度与所述两个TB指示所指示的第一个TB使用的调制和编码方案MCS等级相关，所述第二PTRS的密度与所述两个TB指示所指示的第二个TB使用的MCS等级相关；或者，The density of the first PTRS is related to the modulation and coding scheme MCS level used by the first TB indicated by the two TB indications, and the density of the second PTRS is related to the second PTRS indicated by the two TB indications. related to the MCS level used by each TB; or,
所述第一PTRS的密度和所述第二PTRS的密度相同，且与所述两个TB指示所指示的预设TB使用的MCS等级相关。The density of the first PTRS is the same as the density of the second PTRS, and is related to the MCS level used by the preset TB indicated by the two TB indications.
本申请实施例提供的终端500能够实现如图3所示PUSCH同时发送的装置300实现的各个过程，且能够取得相同的有益效果，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。The terminal 500 provided by the embodiment of the present application can implement various processes implemented by the device 300 for simultaneous PUSCH transmission as shown in Figure 3, and can achieve the same beneficial effects. To avoid duplication, details will not be described here.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储有程 序或指令，该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上PUSCH同时发送的方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium stores a program The program or instruction, when executed by the processor, implements each process of the method embodiment of simultaneous PUSCH transmission, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be described again here.
其中，所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质，包括计算机可读存储介质，如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment. The readable storage medium includes computer readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现上述PUSCH同时发送的方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the processor. The processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above method of simultaneous PUSCH transmission. Each process in the example can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, we will not repeat it here.
应理解，本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为***级芯片，***芯片，芯片***或片上***芯片等。It should be understood that the chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品，所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中，所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述PUSCH同时发送的方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product. The computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium. The computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above method of simultaneous PUSCH transmission. Each process of the embodiment can achieve the same technical effect, so to avoid repetition, it will not be described again here.
需要说明的是，在本文中，术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含，从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素，而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素，或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下，由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素，并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外，需要指出的是，本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能，还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能，例如，可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法，并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外，参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, in this document, the terms "comprising", "comprises" or any other variations thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article or device that includes a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed or inherent in the process, method, article or apparatus. Without further limitation, an element defined by the statement "comprises a..." does not exclude the presence of additional identical elements in a process, method, article or apparatus that includes that element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, but may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions may be performed, for example, the methods described may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述，本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现，当然也可以通过硬件，但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解，本申请的 技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中，包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机，计算机，服务器，空调器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the above description of the embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation. Based on this understanding, this application The essence of the technical solution or the part that contributes to the existing technology can be embodied in the form of a computer software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk) and includes a number of instructions. It is used to cause a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述，但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式，上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的，而不是限制性的，本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下，在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下，还可做出很多形式，均属于本申请的保护之内。 The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art will Inspired by this application, many forms can be made without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope protected by the claims, all of which fall within the protection of this application.

Claims (40)

  1. 一种物理上行共享信道PUSCH同时发送的方法，包括：A method for simultaneous transmission of physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, including:
    终端通过N个天线面板同时传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案，或者，空分复用SDM方案。The terminal simultaneously transmits the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, where the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets correspond to the N antenna panels one-to-one, The target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    所述终端向网络侧设备发送能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括所述终端支持的PUSCH传输方案；The terminal sends capability information to the network side device, where the capability information includes the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal;
    所述终端根据来自所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，其中，所述终端支持的PUSCH传输方案包括所述目标传输方案。The terminal determines the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information from the network side device, wherein the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal includes the target transmission scheme.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，在所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端采用物理下行共享信道PDSCH同时接收方案的情况下，所述终端根据来自所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，包括：The method according to claim 2, wherein when the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal to adopt a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) simultaneous reception scheme, the terminal receives the first signal from the network side device. The indication information determines the target transmission scheme, including:
    所述终端确定所述目标传输方案与所述PDSCH同时接收方案对应的发送方案相同。The terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is the same as the transmission scheme corresponding to the PDSCH simultaneous reception scheme.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，在所述第一指示信息包括第一下行控制信息DCI信令中携带的解调参考信号DMRS码分复用CDM组的数，所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH，或者，所述第一指示信息包括为所述目标PUSCH配置的传输块TB的个数的情况下，所述终端根据来自所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，包括如下至少一项：The method according to claim 2, wherein the first indication information includes the number of demodulation reference signal DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups carried in the first downlink control information DCI signaling, and the first DCI The signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH, or when the first indication information includes the number of transport blocks TB configured for the target PUSCH, the terminal determines the target PUSCH according to the first indication from the network side device. The information determines the target transmission plan, including at least one of the following:
    在所述目标PUSCH占用的DMRS CDM组数或配置的TB个数大于1的情况下，所述终端确定所述目标传输方案为SDM传输方案；When the number of DMRS CDM groups occupied by the target PUSCH or the number of configured TBs is greater than 1, the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is an SDM transmission scheme;
    在所述目标PUSCH占用的DMRS CDM组数或配置的TB个数等于1的情况下，所述终端确定所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案或SFN传输方案。When the number of DMRS CDM groups occupied by the target PUSCH or the number of configured TBs is equal to 1, the terminal determines that the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme or an SFN transmission scheme.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述目标PUSCH的时隙间重复 发送次数或时间维度名义上的重复发送次数等于1。The method according to claim 1, wherein the inter-slot repetition of the target PUSCH The number of sending times or the nominal number of repeated sendings in the time dimension is equal to 1.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在调度PDSCH的第二DCI信令中指示N个传输配置指示TCI状态，或者，所述第二DCI信令中指示N个TCI状态组的情况下，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个TCI状态或N个TCI状态组一一对应。The method according to claim 1, wherein N transmission configurations indicating TCI states are indicated in the second DCI signaling for scheduling the PDSCH, or in the case where N TCI state groups are indicated in the second DCI signaling, The N SRS resource sets correspond to the N TCI states or N TCI state groups in a one-to-one correspondence.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，若所述N个SRS资源集合中的目标SRS资源集合包括M个SRS资源，且所述M个SRS资源的空间关系都与所述第二DCI信令中指示的一个TCI状态关联，则调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中携带的SRS资源索引指示域的大小与M的取值相关，M为大于或等于1的整数。The method according to claim 6, wherein when the target PUSCH adopts a codebook transmission mode, if the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the M The spatial relationship of each SRS resource is associated with one TCI state indicated in the second DCI signaling, then the size of the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling of the target PUSCH is scheduled to be the value of M Relevant, M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其中，在M大于1的情况下，所述目标SRS资源集合中的每个SRS资源对应的端口数不同。The method according to claim 7, wherein when M is greater than 1, the number of ports corresponding to each SRS resource in the target SRS resource set is different.
  9. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，若所述N个SRS资源集合中的目标SRS资源集合包括M个SRS资源，且所述M个SRS资源的空间关系都与所述第二DCI信令中指示的一个目标TCI状态组中的一个TCI状态关联，则调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中携带的SRS资源索引指示域的大小与M’相关，其中，M’表示所述M个SRS资源对应的M个SRS端口中互不相同的SRS端口的数量，且M’为大于或等于1且小于或等于M的整数。The method according to claim 6, wherein when the target PUSCH adopts a codebook transmission mode, if the target SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets includes M SRS resources, and the M The spatial relationship of each SRS resource is associated with a TCI state in a target TCI state group indicated in the second DCI signaling, then the SRS resource index indication field carried in the first DCI signaling of the target PUSCH is scheduled. The size of is related to M', where M' represents the number of mutually different SRS ports among the M SRS ports corresponding to the M SRS resources, and M' is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to M.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其中，在所述M个SRS资源中对应目标SRS端口的SRS资源数量为L个的情况下，所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系分别与所述目标TCI状态组中的前L个TCI状态一一对应关联，L为大于0的整数。The method according to claim 9, wherein when the number of SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port in the M SRS resources is L, the spatial relationship of the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port is respectively The first L TCI states in the target TCI state group are associated in one-to-one correspondence, and L is an integer greater than 0.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 10, further comprising:
    所述终端根据第一关联关系，确定所述目标PUSCH传输关联的一个SRS资源包括：所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源中的，且与所述第二DCI信令中指示的TCI状态关联的一个SRS资源；The terminal determines, according to the first association relationship, that one SRS resource associated with the target PUSCH transmission includes: one of the L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port, and is consistent with the TCI status indicated in the second DCI signaling. An associated SRS resource;
    其中，所述第一关联关系包括所述目标SRS端口对应的L个SRS资源的空间关系与所述L个TCI状态之间的关联关系。 Wherein, the first association relationship includes an association relationship between the spatial relationship of L SRS resources corresponding to the target SRS port and the L TCI states.
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在N等于2的情况下，调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令携带第一指示域和第二指示域；The method according to claim 1, wherein, when N is equal to 2, the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH carries a first indication domain and a second indication domain;
    在所述目标PUSCH采用码本的传输模式的情况下，所述第一指示域包括第一个SRS资源集合对应的发射预编码矩阵指示TPMI与秩指示RI的联合指示域，所述第二指示域包括第二个SRS资源集合对应的TPMI指示域或TPMI与RI的联合指示域，所述N个SRS资源集合包括所述第一个SRS资源集合和所述第二个SRS资源集合；When the target PUSCH adopts the codebook transmission mode, the first indication field includes a joint indication field of the transmit precoding matrix indicator TPMI and the rank indicator RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set, and the second indication field The domain includes a TPMI indication domain corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication domain of TPMI and RI, and the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource set;
    在所述目标PUSCH采用非码本的传输模式的情况下，所述第一指示域包括所述第一个SRS资源集合对应的SRS资源指示SRI与RI的联合指示域，所述第二指示域包括所述第二个SRS资源集合对应的SRI指示域或SRI与RI的联合指示域。When the target PUSCH adopts a non-codebook transmission mode, the first indication field includes a joint indication field of SRS resource indication SRI and RI corresponding to the first SRS resource set, and the second indication field Includes an SRI indication field corresponding to the second SRS resource set or a joint indication field of SRI and RI.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 12, further comprising:
    所述终端接收第一配置信息；The terminal receives first configuration information;
    其中，所述第一配置信息用于配置第一秩最大值和第二秩最大值，所述第一秩最大值为所述第一指示域支持的最大秩的值，所述第二秩最大值为所述第二指示域支持的最大秩的值；或者，Wherein, the first configuration information is used to configure a first rank maximum value and a second rank maximum value, the first rank maximum value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain, and the second rank maximum value The value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain; or,
    所述第一配置信息用于配置第三秩最大值，所述第三秩最大值为所述第一指示域支持的最大秩的值。The first configuration information is used to configure a third maximum rank value, where the third maximum rank value is the value of the maximum rank supported by the first indication domain.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其中，在所述第一配置信息用于配置所述第三秩最大值的情况下，所述第二指示域支持的最大秩的值R′包括以下任一项：The method of claim 13, wherein when the first configuration information is used to configure the third maximum rank value, the value R′ of the maximum rank supported by the second indication domain includes any of the following item:
    其中，Rmax表示所述第三秩最大值，表示对A向下取整； Among them, R max represents the third rank maximum value, Indicates rounding down A;
    其中，表示对A向上取整； in, Indicates rounding up A;
    R′＝Rmax。R′=R max .
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中，所述第一个指示域包含与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息；The method according to claim 12, wherein the first indication field contains the number of layer data flows or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set;
    其中，与所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据流数或者RI信息与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源的层数据 流数或者RI信息相同。Wherein, the number of layer data streams or RI information of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set is related to the layer data of the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set. The stream number or RI information is the same.
  16. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中，所述第一DCI信令还包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示以下规则中的至少一项生效：The method according to claim 12, wherein the first DCI signaling further includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate that at least one of the following rules is effective:
    所述第一指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联，且所述第二指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联；The first indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
    所述第一指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联，且所述第二指示域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联。The first indication field is associated with a second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second indication field is associated with a first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在N等于2，且所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案的情况下，第一物理资源块PRB数与第二PRB数之和等于第一DCI信令中的频域资源分配FDRA域所指示的所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB数；The method according to claim 1, wherein when N is equal to 2 and the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme, the sum of the first PRB number and the second PRB number is equal to the first DCI signaling The number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH indicated by the frequency domain resource allocation FDRA domain in;
    其中，所述第一PRB数为所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源所占用的第一PRB的数量；Wherein, the first number of PRBs is the number of first PRBs occupied by PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
    所述第二PRB数为所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源所占用的第二PRB的数量；The second number of PRBs is the number of second PRBs occupied by the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets;
    所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH。The first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，所述第一PRB数等于所述第二PRB数等于或者，The method of claim 17, wherein the first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to or,
    所述第一PRB数等于所述第二PRB数等于 The first PRB number is equal to The second PRB number is equal to
    其中，NPRB表示所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB数。Wherein, N PRB represents the number of PRBs occupied by the target PUSCH.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其中，所述目标PUSCH的传输数据块TB大小基于以下参考PRB数中的任一项确定：The method according to claim 18, wherein the transport data block TB size of the target PUSCH is determined based on any one of the following reference PRB numbers:
    等于所述NPRB；equal to the N PRB ;
    等于 equal
    等于所述第一PRB数。equal to the first PRB number.
  20. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，在所述目标PUSCH的波形为基于离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下，所述第 一PRB数和所述第二PRB数分别满足目标约束条件，其中，所述目标约束条件包括：等于2x*3y*5z，x、y和z分别为大于或者等于0的整数。The method according to claim 17, wherein when the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform based on discrete Fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, the first The first PRB number and the second PRB number respectively satisfy the target constraint conditions, wherein the target constraint conditions include: equal to 2 x *3 y *5 z , x, y and z are respectively integers greater than or equal to 0.
  21. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，在所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 17, wherein when the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform, the method further includes:
    所述终端生成与所述第一PRB数对应的第一ZC序列，以及生成与所述第二PRB数对应的第二ZC序列，所述第一ZC序列和所述第二ZC序列用于生成DMRS。The terminal generates a first ZC sequence corresponding to the first PRB number, and generates a second ZC sequence corresponding to the second PRB number, and the first ZC sequence and the second ZC sequence are used to generate DMRS.
  22. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，在所述目标PUSCH采用跳频模式的情况下，跳频后所述第一PRB在频域上连续，且跳频后的所述第二PRB在频域上连续。The method according to claim 17, wherein when the target PUSCH adopts frequency hopping mode, the first PRB after frequency hopping is continuous in the frequency domain, and the second PRB after frequency hopping is in the frequency domain. domain is continuous.
  23. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，在所述目标传输方案为FDM传输方案，且所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形的情况下，第一相位跟踪参考信号PTRS与所述第一个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源关联，第二PTRS与所述第二个SRS资源集合中的SRS资源关联。The method according to claim 17, wherein when the target transmission scheme is an FDM transmission scheme and the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform, the first phase tracking reference signal PTRS is the same as the first phase tracking reference signal PTRS. The SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are associated, and the second PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其中，所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第一PRB数相关；The method according to claim 23, wherein the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the first PRB number;
    所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数和/或每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第二PRB数相关。The number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS and/or the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group is related to the second PRB number.
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其中，所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数与所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数相同，所述第一PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第二PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数相同；The method according to claim 23, wherein the number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS is the same as the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, and the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS is the same as that of the second PTRS. The number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the second PTRS is the same;
    所述第一PTRS的PTRS组数、所述第二PTRS的PTRS组数、所述第一PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数和所述第二PTRS的每一个PTRS组内的PTRS样点数与所述第一PRB数和所述第二PRB数中的预设PRB数相关。The number of PTRS groups of the first PTRS, the number of PTRS groups of the second PTRS, the number of PTRS sample points in each PTRS group of the first PTRS, and the number of PTRS samples in each PTRS group of the second PTRS. The number of points is related to a preset number of PRBs among the first number of PRBs and the second number of PRBs.
  26. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，在所述目标PUSCH包括第一PUSCH发送时机和第二PUSCH发送时机的情况下，所述第一PUSCH发送时机在所述第一PRB上发送，所述第二PUSCH发送时机在所述第二PRB上发送。 The method according to claim 17, wherein when the target PUSCH includes a first PUSCH transmission opportunity and a second PUSCH transmission opportunity, the first PUSCH transmission opportunity is sent on the first PRB, and the The second PUSCH sending opportunity is sent on the second PRB.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其中，所述目标PUSCH发送的数据与信道状态信息CSI报告信息采用以下方式中的至少一种进行复用传输：The method according to claim 26, wherein the data sent by the target PUSCH and the channel state information CSI report information are multiplexed and transmitted in at least one of the following ways:
    所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小与所述第一PUSCH发送时机复用传输，且所述CSI报告信息还根据所述第二PRB的大小与所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the first PRB and the first PUSCH transmission opportunity, and the CSI report information is also multiplexed and transmitted according to the size of the second PRB and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity. transmission;
    所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the size of the first PRB or the second PRB;
    所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小中的最小值，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the minimum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
    所述CSI报告信息根据所述第一PRB的大小或所述第二PRB的大小中的最大值，分别与所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机复用传输；The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity respectively according to the maximum value of the size of the first PRB or the size of the second PRB;
    所述CSI报告信息根据所述目标PUSCH占用的PRB的大小与所述目标PUSCH复用传输。The CSI report information is multiplexed and transmitted with the target PUSCH according to the size of the PRB occupied by the target PUSCH.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其中，在第三DCI信令采用DCI格式2_4，且所述第三DCI信令携带上行PUSCH取消发送的命令的情况下，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 26, wherein in the case that the third DCI signaling adopts DCI format 2_4, and the third DCI signaling carries a command to cancel uplink PUSCH transmission, the method further includes:
    所述终端根据所述上行PUSCH取消发送的命令取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机中的至少一个的发送。The terminal cancels the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity according to the uplink PUSCH transmission cancellation command.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法，其中，所述终端取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机中的至少一个的发送，包括以下至少一项：The method according to claim 28, wherein the terminal cancels the transmission of at least one of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity, including at least one of the following:
    所述终端在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源与所述第一PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠，且与所述第二PRB的频域资源无重叠的情况下，取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机的发送；When the terminal determines that the frequency domain resource indicated in the third DCI signaling to cancel transmission at least partially overlaps with the frequency domain resource of the first PRB and does not overlap with the frequency domain resource of the second PRB. , cancel the transmission of the first PUSCH transmission opportunity;
    所述终端在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源与所述第二PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠，且与所述第一PRB的频域资源无重叠的情况下，取消所述第二PUSCH发送时机的发送； When the terminal determines that the frequency domain resource indicated in the third DCI signaling to cancel transmission at least partially overlaps with the frequency domain resource of the second PRB and does not overlap with the frequency domain resource of the first PRB. , cancel the transmission of the second PUSCH transmission opportunity;
    所述终端在确定所述第三DCI信令中指示取消发送的频域资源分别与所述第一PRB的频域资源和所述第二PRB的频域资源至少部分重叠的情况下，取消所述第一PUSCH发送时机和所述第二PUSCH发送时机的发送。When the terminal determines that the frequency domain resources indicated in the third DCI signaling to cancel transmission at least partially overlap with the frequency domain resources of the first PRB and the frequency domain resources of the second PRB, the terminal cancels all the frequency domain resources. The first PUSCH transmission opportunity and the second PUSCH transmission opportunity are transmitted.
  30. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在N等于2的情况下，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein, when N is equal to 2, the method further includes:
    所述终端获取第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息携带于第一DCI信令中，所述第一DCI信令用于调度所述目标PUSCH，所述第三指示信息用于指示以下规则中的至少一项生效：The terminal obtains third indication information, the third indication information is carried in first DCI signaling, the first DCI signaling is used to schedule the target PUSCH, and the third indication information is used to indicate the following rules At least one of the following is in effect:
    与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用两个CDM组中的第一个CDM组的DMRS端口，与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第二个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets uses the DMRS port of the first CDM group among the two CDM groups, and is associated with the second one of the N SRS resource sets. The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group of the two CDM groups;
    与所述第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第二个CDM组的DMRS端口，与所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组中的第一个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set use the DMRS port of the second CDM group of the two CDM groups, and the PUSCH transmission resources associated with the second SRS resource set use the two CDM groups. The DMRS port of the first CDM group among the CDM groups;
    与所述第一个SRS资源集合或所述第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源使用所述两个CDM组的DMRS端口；The PUSCH transmission resources associated with the first SRS resource set or the second SRS resource set use DMRS ports of the two CDM groups;
    第一PTRS域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联，第二PTRS域与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联；The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets, and the second PTRS domain is associated with the second SRS among the N SRS resource sets. At least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the resource set is associated;
    所述第一PTRS域与所述第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联，所述第二PTRS域与所述第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源使用的至少一个DMRS端口关联。The first PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the second SRS resource set, and the second PTRS domain is associated with at least one DMRS port used by the PUSCH transmission resources of the first SRS resource set. DMRS port association.
  31. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH配置第一PTRS端口和第二PTRS端口，则所述第一PTRS端口与所述第一PTRS端口对应不同的DMRS端口，其中，所述不同的DMRS端口属于不同的CDM组。The method according to claim 1, wherein when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the target PUSCH is configured with a first PTRS port and a second PTRS port, then the first PTRS port and the The first PTRS port corresponds to different DMRS ports, wherein the different DMRS ports belong to different CDM groups.
  32. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传 输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为CP-OFDM波形，则第一偏移值为高层信令指示的资源元素偏移量resourceElementOffset对应的值，或者，所述第一偏移值为默认的第一资源元素偏移量对应的值；The method according to claim 1, wherein when the target transmission scheme is SFN transmission In the case of transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform, the first offset value is the value corresponding to the resource element offset resourceElementOffset indicated by the higher layer signaling, or the first offset value It is the value corresponding to the default offset of the first resource element;
    其中，所述第一偏移值为与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS在频域上的偏移值。Wherein, the first offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法，其中，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为CP-OFDM波形，则第二偏移值为与所述第一偏移值相关的偏移值，或者，所述第二偏移值为默认的第二资源元素偏移量对应的值；The method according to claim 32, wherein when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a CP-OFDM waveform, then the second offset value is the same as the first An offset value related to the offset value, or the second offset value is a value corresponding to the default offset of the second resource element;
    其中，所述第二偏移值为与所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合关联的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS在频域上的偏移值。Wherein, the second offset value is an offset value in the frequency domain of the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource associated with the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets.
  34. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在所述目标传输方案为SFN传输方案的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH的波形为DFT-s-OFDM波形：The method according to claim 1, wherein when the target transmission scheme is an SFN transmission scheme, if the waveform of the target PUSCH is a DFT-s-OFDM waveform:
    所述N个SRS资源集合中的第一个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS使用的正交序列的索引值基于以下公式确定：
    The index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the first SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
    其中，表示所述PTRS所在的PTRS组内的正交序列数、nRNTI表示与调度所述目标PUSCH传输的第一DCI信令加扰相关的RNTI数或者与所述第一DCI信令的RNTI加扰值相关的常数值或者是默认常数；in, Indicates the number of orthogonal sequences in the PTRS group in which the PTRS is located. n RNTI indicates the number of RNTIs related to the first DCI signaling scrambling for scheduling the target PUSCH transmission or the RNTI scrambling of the first DCI signaling. Value-related constant value or default constant;
    和/或，and / or,
    所述N个SRS资源集合中的第二个SRS资源集合的PUSCH传输资源上的PTRS使用的正交序列的索引值基于以下公式确定：
    The index value of the orthogonal sequence used by the PTRS on the PUSCH transmission resource of the second SRS resource set among the N SRS resource sets is determined based on the following formula:
    其中，k为正整数。Among them, k is a positive integer.
  35. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在N等于2，且调度所述目标PUSCH的第一DCI信令中配置了两个TB关联的域的情况下，若所述目标PUSCH用于同时传输两个TB，则第一PTRS关联第一SRS资源集合内的SRS资源，第二PTRS关联第二SRS资源集合中的SRS资源；The method according to claim 1, wherein when N is equal to 2 and two TB associated domains are configured in the first DCI signaling for scheduling the target PUSCH, if the target PUSCH is used for simultaneous transmission Two TBs, then the first PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set, and the second PTRS is associated with the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set;
    其中，所述N个SRS资源集合包括所述第一SRS资源集合和所述第二 SRS资源集合。Wherein, the N SRS resource sets include the first SRS resource set and the second SRS resource collection.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法，其中，在所述第一DCI信令中配置了两个TB指示的情况下；The method according to claim 35, wherein when two TB indications are configured in the first DCI signaling;
    所述第一PTRS的密度与所述两个TB指示所指示的第一个TB使用的调制和编码方案MCS等级相关，所述第二PTRS的密度与所述两个TB指示所指示的第二个TB使用的MCS等级相关；或者，The density of the first PTRS is related to the modulation and coding scheme MCS level used by the first TB indicated by the two TB indications, and the density of the second PTRS is related to the second PTRS indicated by the two TB indications. related to the MCS level used by each TB; or,
    所述第一PTRS的密度和所述第二PTRS的密度相同，且与所述两个TB指示所指示的预设TB使用的MCS等级相关。The density of the first PTRS is the same as the density of the second PTRS, and is related to the MCS level used by the preset TB indicated by the two TB indications.
  37. 一种PUSCH同时发送的装置，应用于终端，所装置包括：A device for simultaneous PUSCH transmission, applied to terminals, the device includes:
    传输模块，用于通过N个天线面板同时传输目标PUSCH，其中，所述目标PUSCH与N个SRS资源集合关联，N为大于1的整数，所述N个SRS资源集合与所述N个天线面板一一对应，所述目标PUSCH采用的目标传输方案包括：频分复用FDM传输方案，或者，单频网络SFN传输方案，或者，空分复用SDM方案。A transmission module configured to simultaneously transmit the target PUSCH through N antenna panels, wherein the target PUSCH is associated with N SRS resource sets, N is an integer greater than 1, and the N SRS resource sets are associated with the N antenna panels In one-to-one correspondence, the target transmission scheme adopted by the target PUSCH includes: frequency division multiplexing FDM transmission scheme, or single frequency network SFN transmission scheme, or space division multiplexing SDM scheme.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置，还包括：The device of claim 37, further comprising:
    发送模块，用于向网络侧设备发送能力信息，其中，所述能力信息包括所述终端支持的PUSCH传输方案；A sending module, configured to send capability information to the network side device, where the capability information includes the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal;
    确定模块，用于根据来自所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息确定所述目标传输方案，其中，所述终端支持的PUSCH传输方案包括所述目标传输方案。Determining module, configured to determine the target transmission scheme according to the first indication information from the network side device, wherein the PUSCH transmission scheme supported by the terminal includes the target transmission scheme.
  39. 一种终端，包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至36中任一项所述的PUSCH同时发送的方法的步骤。A terminal including a processor and a memory, the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor, and when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor, any one of claims 1 to 36 is implemented. The steps of the method for simultaneous PUSCH transmission.
  40. 一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令，所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至36中任一项所述的PUSCH同时发送的方法的步骤。 A readable storage medium on which a program or instructions are stored. When the program or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method for simultaneous PUSCH transmission as described in any one of claims 1 to 36 are implemented. .
PCT/CN2023/079262 2022-03-07 2023-03-02 Method and apparatus for simultaneously sending physical uplink shared channel (pusch), and terminal WO2023169295A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210217599.9 2022-03-07
CN202210217599.9A CN116781218A (en) 2022-03-07 2022-03-07 Method, device and terminal for simultaneously transmitting Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH)

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023169295A1 true WO2023169295A1 (en) 2023-09-14

Family

ID=87937228

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/079262 WO2023169295A1 (en) 2022-03-07 2023-03-02 Method and apparatus for simultaneously sending physical uplink shared channel (pusch), and terminal

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116781218A (en)
WO (1) WO2023169295A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110535589A (en) * 2018-09-27 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Indicating means, information determine method, apparatus, base station, terminal and storage medium
CN110838856A (en) * 2018-08-17 2020-02-25 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Data transmission method, terminal and network equipment
US20200229104A1 (en) * 2019-01-10 2020-07-16 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Uplink power control
CN111464273A (en) * 2019-01-18 2020-07-28 ***通信有限公司研究院 Method and equipment for indicating sounding reference signal resources based on codebook transmission
CN113766665A (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-12-07 英特尔公司 Apparatus and method for codebook-based UL transmission in multiple TRP scenarios
US20220052742A1 (en) * 2018-08-17 2022-02-17 Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co., Ltd. Signal transmission method and apparatus, and terminal and network side device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110838856A (en) * 2018-08-17 2020-02-25 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Data transmission method, terminal and network equipment
US20220052742A1 (en) * 2018-08-17 2022-02-17 Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co., Ltd. Signal transmission method and apparatus, and terminal and network side device
CN110535589A (en) * 2018-09-27 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Indicating means, information determine method, apparatus, base station, terminal and storage medium
US20200229104A1 (en) * 2019-01-10 2020-07-16 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Uplink power control
CN111464273A (en) * 2019-01-18 2020-07-28 ***通信有限公司研究院 Method and equipment for indicating sounding reference signal resources based on codebook transmission
CN113766665A (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-12-07 英特尔公司 Apparatus and method for codebook-based UL transmission in multiple TRP scenarios

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Antenna Selection for PUSCH", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1804447, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Sanya, China; 20180416 - 20180420, 6 April 2018 (2018-04-06), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051413292 *
ZTE: "Enhancements on beam management for multi-TRP", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2007766, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20201026 - 20201113, 24 October 2020 (2020-10-24), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051946500 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116781218A (en) 2023-09-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN115395994B (en) Transmission method, device and computer readable storage medium
CN103314631A (en) Method for sending sounding reference symbol, e-nodeb and user equipment
JP2024503406A (en) PUSCH transmission method, device, equipment and storage medium
US20230362924A1 (en) Transmission processing method and related device
CN109302273A (en) SRS transmission method and equipment
CN109600838A (en) A kind of indicating means, terminal and the base station of uplink subband pre-coding matrix
US20230362912A1 (en) Channel information sending method, channel information receiving method, and related device
US20230247467A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining channel state information, method and apparatus for determining reporting setting, and related device
WO2023169295A1 (en) Method and apparatus for simultaneously sending physical uplink shared channel (pusch), and terminal
WO2023125912A1 (en) Frequency hopping method and apparatus for uplink transmission, indication method and apparatus, and terminal and network side device
TWI678906B (en) Physical uplink control channel PUCH transmission method, user equipment, device and computer storage medium
CN112637958B (en) Resource scheduling method, device, base station, user equipment and storage medium
WO2023179478A1 (en) Transmission mode determination method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device
WO2023193678A1 (en) Port determination method and apparatus, terminal, and readable storage medium
WO2023125420A1 (en) Reference signal port indication method, terminal and network side device
WO2024083101A1 (en) Information indication method and apparatus, and terminal, network-side device and readable storage medium
WO2023151593A1 (en) Precoding indication method and apparatus, and communication device, system and storage medium
WO2024022248A1 (en) Information indication method, user equipment and network device
WO2023227021A1 (en) Beam information transmission methods and related device
WO2023116601A1 (en) Sidelink transmission method and apparatus, and terminal
TWI797698B (en) Control channel repetition with mapping scheme
WO2023207842A1 (en) Beam information determination method, and terminal and network-side device
WO2023198062A1 (en) Csi measurement and reporting method, apparatus, device and system, and storage medium
CN115150025B (en) CSI feedback method, related device and readable storage medium
WO2024061263A1 (en) Pmi combination coefficient sending method and apparatus, and terminal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23765873

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1